| blob | 831520c671ebe3b290852921f1c088b8e9cb5b92 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1108 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1115 noninteractive functions.
1117 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1118 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1120 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1121 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1126 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1131 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1132 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1133 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1135 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1136 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1137 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1138 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1141 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1143 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1149 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1150 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1151 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1156 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1157 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1158 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1159 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1160 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1163 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1164 names and values of properties.
1166 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1171 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1172 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1173 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1174 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1175 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1177 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1179 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1180 documentation strings.
1182 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1188 ;;;***
1189 \f
1190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1191 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1194 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1201 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1202 archive.
1208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1213 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1216 Major mode for editing arrays.
1218 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1219 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1220 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1222 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1224 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1225 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1226 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1228 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1229 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1230 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1231 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1232 The variables are:
1234 Variables you assign:
1235 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1236 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1237 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1238 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1239 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1240 row numbers in the buffer.
1242 Variables which are calculated:
1243 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1244 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1246 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1247 take a numeric prefix argument):
1265 between that of point and mark.
1273 newlines inside rows)
1277 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1283 ;;;***
1284 \f
1285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1290 Toggle Artist mode.
1291 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1292 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1293 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1295 How to quit Artist mode
1300 How to submit a bug report
1305 Drawing with the mouse:
1307 mouse-2
1308 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1309 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1310 below).
1312 mouse-1
1313 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1314 or pastes:
1316 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1317 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1319 to new point
1320 --------------------------------------------------------------
1321 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1322 --------------------------------------------------------------
1323 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1324 --------------------------------------------------------------
1325 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1326 --------------------------------------------------------------
1327 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1328 --------------------------------------------------------------
1329 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1330 --------------------------------------------------------------
1331 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1336 lines
1337 --------------------------------------------------------------
1338 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1339 --------------------------------------------------------------
1340 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1341 --------------------------------------------------------------
1342 Paste Paste Paste
1343 --------------------------------------------------------------
1344 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1345 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1348 or diagonally.
1350 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1351 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1352 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1353 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1354 poly-lines.
1356 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1357 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1358 overwrite means the opposite.
1360 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1361 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1362 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1364 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1366 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1369 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1370 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1371 are currently drawing something.
1373 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1374 some time to fill.
1377 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1378 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1381 Settings
1383 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1385 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1387 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1389 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1391 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1392 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1394 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1397 Drawing with keys
1400 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1402 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1403 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1404 When pasting: Pastes
1408 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1418 Arrows
1421 of the line/poly-line
1424 of the line/poly-line
1427 Selecting operation
1429 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1453 Variables
1455 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1458 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1459 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1460 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1461 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1462 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1463 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1464 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1465 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1466 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1467 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1468 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1469 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1470 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1471 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1472 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1473 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1474 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1478 Hooks
1480 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1483 Keymap summary
1489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1497 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1498 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1505 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1508 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1509 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1511 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1513 Special commands:
1518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1520 ;;;***
1521 \f
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1526 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1527 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1537 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1541 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1547 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1553 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1554 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1555 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1557 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1559 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1561 For example:
1563 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1573 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1574 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1575 for a description of this minor mode.
1576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1583 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1589 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1590 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1598 ;;;***
1599 \f
1600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1604 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1616 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1617 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1622 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1623 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1624 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1629 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1630 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1631 for a description of this minor mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1639 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1644 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1645 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1651 ;;;***
1652 \f
1653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1654 ;;;;;; 0))
1655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1664 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1665 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1667 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1668 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1669 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1670 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1671 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1673 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1678 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1679 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1680 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1681 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1683 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1684 directory or directories specified.
1686 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1687 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1688 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1689 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1690 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1691 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1696 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1697 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1698 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1699 should be non-nil).
1703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1708 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1711 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1716 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1717 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1718 disk changes.
1720 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1721 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1722 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1727 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1729 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1735 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1737 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1738 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1740 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1741 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1742 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1743 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1744 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1746 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1747 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1748 writing before you save the file!
1750 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1755 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1757 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1763 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1764 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1765 for a description of this minor mode.
1766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1773 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1775 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1776 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1778 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1779 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1780 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1782 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1783 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1784 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1785 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1786 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1788 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1789 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1790 specifies in the mode line.
1794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1796 ;;;***
1797 \f
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1799 ;;;;;; 0))
1800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1810 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1811 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1818 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1819 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1820 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1822 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1823 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1824 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1826 Effects of the different modes:
1827 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1828 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1829 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1830 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1831 a random distance & direction.
1832 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1833 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1834 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1837 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1844 ;;;***
1845 \f
1846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1852 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1854 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1855 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1856 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1864 ;;;***
1865 \f
1866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1867 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1871 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1872 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1873 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1878 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1879 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1880 for a description of this minor mode.
1881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1888 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1891 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1893 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1894 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1895 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1896 seconds.
1900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1902 ;;;***
1903 \f
1904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1905 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1909 Time execution of FORMS.
1910 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1911 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1912 FORMS once.
1913 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1914 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1915 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1922 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1923 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1924 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1925 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1932 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1933 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1934 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1935 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1944 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1948 ;;;***
1949 \f
1950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1954 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1955 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1956 of corresponding buffers.
1957 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1958 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1959 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1960 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1961 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1963 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1964 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1965 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1970 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1972 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1974 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1976 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1979 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1980 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1981 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1982 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1986 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1989 Special information:
1993 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1994 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1995 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2000 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2006 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2007 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2008 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2009 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2010 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2011 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2012 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2014 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2016 ----------------------------------------------------------
2017 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2018 if that value is non-nil.
2025 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2026 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2027 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2028 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2029 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2030 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2031 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2032 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2033 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2034 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2035 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2041 ;;;***
2042 \f
2043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2044 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2048 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2054 ;;;***
2055 \f
2056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2061 ;;;***
2062 \f
2063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2066 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2070 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2071 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2076 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2081 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2087 ;;;***
2088 \f
2089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2090 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2093 Play blackbox.
2094 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2096 What is blackbox?
2098 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2099 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2100 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2101 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2102 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2103 your score.
2105 Overview of play:
2108 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2109 four.
2111 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2112 movement keys.
2114 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2115 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2117 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2120 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2122 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2123 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2124 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2125 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2127 Details:
2129 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2131 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2132 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2133 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2134 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2136 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2137 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2138 denoted by the letter `R'.
2140 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2141 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2142 denoted by the letter `H'.
2144 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2145 example.
2147 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2148 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2149 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2150 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2152 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2153 ray.
2155 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2156 degree deflection it causes.
2158 1
2159 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2160 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2161 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2162 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2163 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2164 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2165 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2166 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2167 2 3
2169 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2170 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2173 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2174 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2175 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2176 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2177 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2178 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2179 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2180 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2182 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2183 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2184 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2185 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2186 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2187 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2188 emerging from the box.
2190 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2192 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2193 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2194 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2195 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2196 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2197 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2198 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2199 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2201 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2202 a reflection.
2206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2208 ;;;***
2209 \f
2210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2211 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2217 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2218 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2219 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2220 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2221 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2226 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2227 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2229 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2230 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2231 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2232 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2233 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2234 recent one.
2236 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2237 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2238 yank successive words.
2240 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2241 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2242 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2243 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2244 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2247 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2248 the list of bookmarks.)
2253 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2254 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2256 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2257 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2258 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2259 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2260 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2261 ever deletes the most recent one.
2263 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2264 is nil, raise an error.
2266 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2267 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2268 yank successive words.
2270 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2271 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2272 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2273 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2274 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2277 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2278 the list of bookmarks.)
2283 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2284 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2285 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2286 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2287 this.
2289 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2290 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2291 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2292 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2294 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2295 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2297 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2298 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2299 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2304 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2309 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2311 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2312 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2313 after a bookmark was set in it.
2318 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2320 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2321 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2328 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2329 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2330 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2332 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2333 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2334 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2336 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2337 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2338 name.
2343 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2344 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2346 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2347 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2348 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2349 this.
2354 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2356 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2357 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2359 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2360 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2361 probably because we were called from there.
2366 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2373 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2374 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2375 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2376 \(second argument).
2378 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2379 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2380 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2381 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2382 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2384 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2386 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2387 `bookmark-default-file'.
2392 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2393 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2394 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2395 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2396 while loading.
2398 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2399 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2400 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2401 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2402 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2403 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2405 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2406 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2412 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2413 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2414 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2415 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2424 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2428 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2430 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2434 ;;;***
2435 \f
2436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2439 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2440 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2441 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2442 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2444 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2445 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2446 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2447 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2450 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2454 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2455 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2456 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2457 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2459 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2463 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2464 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2465 narrowed.
2467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2470 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2472 \(fn)" t nil)
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2477 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2479 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2481 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2482 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2483 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2484 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2485 first, if that exists.
2487 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2488 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2489 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2490 ignore it).
2491 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2492 as ARGS.
2494 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2498 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2499 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2504 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2506 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2507 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2508 says which browser to use.
2510 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2514 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2515 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2517 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2522 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2524 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2525 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2526 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2527 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2529 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2530 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2531 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2538 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2543 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2545 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2546 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2547 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2548 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2551 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2552 new tab in an existing window instead.
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2562 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2564 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2565 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2566 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2568 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2569 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2570 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2572 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2573 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2579 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2580 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2581 Chromium.
2582 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2584 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2587 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2588 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2589 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2591 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2592 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2593 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2594 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2597 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2598 new tab in an existing window instead.
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2614 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2615 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2619 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2620 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2622 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2623 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2629 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2630 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2632 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2633 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2634 program is invoked according to the variable
2635 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2637 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2638 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2639 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2640 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2642 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2643 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2647 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2649 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2650 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2651 Default to the URL around or before point.
2653 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2654 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2655 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2657 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2658 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2659 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2660 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2662 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2663 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2665 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2667 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2669 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2670 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2671 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2672 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2674 When called interactively, if variable
2675 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2676 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2677 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2678 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2680 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2681 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2682 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2684 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2685 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2687 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2691 Default to the URL around or before point.
2693 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2694 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2695 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2697 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2698 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2700 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2702 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2703 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2704 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2705 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2707 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2709 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2711 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2712 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2713 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2714 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2715 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2716 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2717 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2719 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2721 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2722 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2723 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2724 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2725 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2727 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2728 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2729 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2730 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2732 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2733 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2735 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2737 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2738 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2739 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2740 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2741 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2742 current one.
2744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2745 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2746 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2747 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2752 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2754 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2755 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2756 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2757 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2758 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2759 don't offer a form of remote control.
2761 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2764 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2765 Default to the URL around or before point.
2766 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2768 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2770 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2771 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2772 Default to the URL around the point.
2774 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2775 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2777 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2778 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2780 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2784 ;;;***
2785 \f
2786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2787 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2788 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2790 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2791 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2792 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2793 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2795 \(fn)" t nil)
2797 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2798 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2799 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2800 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2802 \(fn)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2805 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2807 \(fn)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2810 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2812 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2813 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2814 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2819 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2820 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2821 name of buffer configuration.
2823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2832 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2833 Play Bubbles game.
2835 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2837 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2838 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2839 columns on its right towards the left.
2846 \(fn)" t nil)
2848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2850 ;;;***
2851 \f
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2853 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2856 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2858 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2859 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2860 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2861 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2862 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2866 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2867 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2876 ;;;;;; 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2881 ;;;***
2882 \f
2883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2884 ;;;;;; 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2886 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2887 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2888 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2890 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2892 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2893 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2894 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2895 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2896 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2897 else the global value will be modified.
2899 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2901 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2902 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2903 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2904 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2905 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2906 else the global value will be modified.
2908 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2910 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2911 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2912 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2914 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2916 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2917 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2918 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2919 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2921 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2922 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2923 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2924 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2925 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2926 before scanning it.
2928 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2929 that already has a `.elc' file.
2931 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2932 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2934 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2935 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2936 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2937 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2938 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2939 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2941 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2943 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2944 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2945 Print the result in the echo area.
2946 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2950 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2951 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2952 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2954 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2956 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2957 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2958 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2959 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2960 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2961 all functions called by those functions.
2963 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2964 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2965 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2967 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2968 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2969 invoked interactively.
2971 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2973 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2974 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2975 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2976 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2978 \(fn)" nil nil)
2980 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2981 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2982 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2983 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2984 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2986 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2987 already up-to-date.
2989 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2991 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2992 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2993 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2994 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2996 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2997 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2998 and corresponding effects.
3000 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3004 ;;;***
3005 \f
3006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3007 ;;;;;; 0))
3008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3012 ;;;***
3013 \f
3014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3015 ;;;;;; 0))
3016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3018 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3022 ;;;***
3023 \f
3024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3025 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3030 ;;;***
3031 \f
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3035 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3037 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3039 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3046 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3057 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3058 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3059 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3060 from the cursor position.
3062 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3066 ;;;***
3067 \f
3068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3073 ;;;***
3074 \f
3075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3076 ;;;;;; 0))
3077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3091 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3096 ;;;***
3097 \f
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3099 ;;;;;; 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3104 ;;;***
3105 \f
3106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3111 ;;;***
3112 \f
3113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3114 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3126 ;;;***
3127 \f
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3133 ;;;***
3134 \f
3135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3140 ;;;***
3141 \f
3142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3144 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3146 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3151 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3154 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3156 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3157 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3159 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3161 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3162 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3163 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3164 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3166 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3168 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3169 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3170 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3171 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3173 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3175 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3177 This is most useful in the X window system.
3179 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3181 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3183 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3185 See calc-keypad for details.
3187 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3190 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3192 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3195 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3197 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3199 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3200 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3202 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3204 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3205 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3208 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3210 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3211 Define Calc function.
3213 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3214 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3215 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3217 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3218 actual Lisp function name.
3220 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3222 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3224 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3228 ;;;***
3229 \f
3230 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3231 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 783192 607000))
3232 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3236 ;;;***
3237 \f
3238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3243 ;;;***
3244 \f
3245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3246 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3250 ;;;***
3251 \f
3252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3253 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3257 ;;;***
3258 \f
3259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3264 ;;;***
3265 \f
3266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3267 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3271 ;;;***
3272 \f
3273 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 791192 607000))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3279 ;;;***
3280 \f
3281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3286 ;;;***
3287 \f
3288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3293 ;;;***
3294 \f
3295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3300 ;;;***
3301 \f
3302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3307 ;;;***
3308 \f
3309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3314 ;;;***
3315 \f
3316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3321 ;;;***
3322 \f
3323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3328 ;;;***
3329 \f
3330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3335 ;;;***
3336 \f
3337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3338 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3342 ;;;***
3343 \f
3344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3349 ;;;***
3350 \f
3351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3356 ;;;***
3357 \f
3358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3363 ;;;***
3364 \f
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3370 ;;;***
3371 \f
3372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3377 ;;;***
3378 \f
3379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3380 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 803192 607000))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3392 ;;;***
3393 \f
3394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3406 ;;;***
3407 \f
3408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3420 ;;;***
3421 \f
3422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3423 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3427 ;;;***
3428 \f
3429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3434 ;;;***
3435 \f
3436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3441 ;;;***
3442 \f
3443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3448 ;;;***
3449 \f
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3458 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3462 ;;;***
3463 \f
3464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3469 ;;;***
3470 \f
3471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3472 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3474 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3477 \(fn N)" t nil)
3479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3481 ;;;***
3482 \f
3483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3488 ;;;***
3489 \f
3490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3495 ;;;***
3496 \f
3497 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3498 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 811192 607000))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3517 ;;;***
3518 \f
3519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3524 ;;;***
3525 \f
3526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3531 ;;;***
3532 \f
3533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3536 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3537 Run the Emacs calculator.
3538 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3540 \(fn)" t nil)
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3549 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3550 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3551 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3552 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3553 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3554 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3556 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3557 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3558 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3559 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3560 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3561 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3562 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3564 window.
3566 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3567 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3569 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3570 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3571 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3572 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3573 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3574 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3576 Runs the following hooks:
3578 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3579 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3580 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3581 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3583 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3589 ;;;***
3590 \f
3591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3594 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3595 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3597 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3599 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3600 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3601 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3602 it fails.
3604 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3608 ;;;***
3609 \f
3610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3615 ;;;***
3616 \f
3617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3622 ;;;***
3623 \f
3624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3625 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3630 ;;;***
3631 \f
3632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3637 ;;;***
3638 \f
3639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3644 ;;;***
3645 \f
3646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3647 ;;;;;; 0))
3648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3650 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3651 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3653 \(fn)" nil nil)
3655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3657 ;;;***
3658 \f
3659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3664 ;;;***
3665 \f
3666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3669 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3670 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3672 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3673 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3675 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3676 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3678 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3680 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3681 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3682 made from scratch.
3684 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3686 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3687 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3689 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3690 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3691 made from scratch.
3693 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3695 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3696 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3698 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3700 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3701 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3702 made from scratch.
3704 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3706 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3707 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3709 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3710 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3711 made from scratch.
3713 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3715 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3724 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3729 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3730 variables are guessed:
3732 * `c-basic-offset', and
3733 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3734 `c-offsets-alist'.
3736 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3737 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3739 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3740 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3742 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3743 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3744 guess is made from scratch.
3746 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3747 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3749 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3751 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3752 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3753 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3754 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3756 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3757 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3758 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3760 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3764 ;;;***
3765 \f
3766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3771 ;;;***
3772 \f
3773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3778 ;;;***
3779 \f
3780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3783 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3784 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3785 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3786 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3787 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3788 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3791 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3802 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3803 Major mode for editing C code.
3806 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3807 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3808 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3812 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3813 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3815 Key bindings:
3818 \(fn)" t nil)
3820 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3821 Analyse buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3823 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3824 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3825 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3826 should be used.
3828 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3829 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3830 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3832 \(fn)" nil nil)
3834 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3835 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3837 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3838 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3839 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3840 message.
3844 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3845 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3847 Key bindings:
3850 \(fn)" t nil)
3853 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3854 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3856 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3857 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3858 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3859 message.
3863 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3864 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3866 Key bindings:
3869 \(fn)" t nil)
3872 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3873 Major mode for editing Java code.
3875 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3876 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3877 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3878 message.
3882 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3883 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3885 Key bindings:
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3891 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3892 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3894 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3895 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3896 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3897 message.
3901 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3902 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3904 Key bindings:
3907 \(fn)" t nil)
3909 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3911 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3912 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3914 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3915 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3916 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3917 message.
3921 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3922 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3924 Key bindings:
3927 \(fn)" t nil)
3929 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3930 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3931 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3932 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3934 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3935 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3937 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3938 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3939 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3943 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3944 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3946 Key bindings:
3949 \(fn)" t nil)
3951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3953 ;;;***
3954 \f
3955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3956 ;;;;;; 0))
3957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3959 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3960 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3961 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3962 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3964 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3967 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3968 might get set too.
3970 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3971 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3972 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3973 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3974 in this way.
3976 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3977 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3978 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3979 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3980 a null operation.
3982 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3985 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3986 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3987 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3989 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3991 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3992 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3993 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3995 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3997 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3998 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3999 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4000 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4001 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4003 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4011 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4012 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4013 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4017 ;;;***
4018 \f
4019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4020 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4022 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4023 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4025 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4027 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4028 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4030 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4032 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4033 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4035 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4036 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4037 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4038 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4039 execution.
4041 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4043 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4045 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4046 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4048 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4049 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4050 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4051 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4053 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4054 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4055 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4056 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4057 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4058 `write' commands.
4060 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4061 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4062 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4063 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4065 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4066 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4067 semantics.
4069 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4071 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4073 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4075 STATEMENT :=
4076 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4077 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4079 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4080 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4081 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4082 | integer
4084 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4086 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4087 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4088 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4090 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4091 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4092 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4094 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4096 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4097 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4098 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4099 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4100 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4101 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4102 ;; last STATEMENT.
4103 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4105 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4106 BREAK := (break)
4108 REPEAT :=
4109 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4110 (repeat)
4111 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4112 ;; (repeat))
4113 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4114 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4115 ;; (read REG)
4116 ;; (repeat))
4117 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4118 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4119 ;; (read REG)
4120 ;; (repeat))
4121 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4123 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4124 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4125 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4126 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4127 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4128 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4129 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4130 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4131 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4132 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4133 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4134 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4135 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4136 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4137 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4138 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4140 WRITE :=
4141 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4142 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4143 ;; representation.
4144 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4145 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4146 ;; (write r7))
4147 | (write EXPRESSION)
4148 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4149 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4150 ;; representation.
4151 | (write integer)
4152 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4153 ;; buffer.
4154 | (write string)
4155 ;; Same as: (write string)
4156 | string
4157 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4158 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4159 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4160 ;; representation.
4161 | (write REG ARRAY)
4162 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4163 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4164 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4165 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4166 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4167 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4169 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4170 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4172 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4173 END := (end)
4175 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4176 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4177 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4179 ARG := REG | integer
4181 OPERATOR :=
4182 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4183 + | - | * | / | %
4185 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4186 | & | `|' | ^
4188 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4189 | << | >>
4191 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4192 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4193 | <8
4195 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4196 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4197 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4198 | >8
4200 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4201 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4202 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4203 | //
4205 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4206 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4208 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4209 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4210 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4211 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4212 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4213 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4214 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4215 | de-sjis
4217 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4218 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4219 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4220 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4221 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4222 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4223 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4224 ;; byte of SJIS.
4225 | en-sjis
4227 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4228 ;; Same meaning as C code
4229 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4231 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4232 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4233 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4234 | <8=
4236 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4237 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4238 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4240 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4241 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4242 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4243 | //=
4245 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4248 TRANSLATE :=
4249 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4250 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4251 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4252 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4253 ;; respectively.
4254 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4255 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4256 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4257 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4259 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4260 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4261 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4263 LOOKUP :=
4264 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4265 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4266 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4267 ;; respectively.
4268 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4269 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4270 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4272 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4273 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4274 ;; REG.
4275 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4276 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4277 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4279 MAP :=
4280 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4281 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4282 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4283 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4285 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4286 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4287 MAP-ID := integer
4289 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4291 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4293 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4294 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4295 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4296 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4297 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4298 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4300 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4302 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4303 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4304 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4306 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4308 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4312 ;;;***
4313 \f
4314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4317 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4318 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4319 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4320 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4322 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4324 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4326 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4327 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4329 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4333 ;;;***
4334 \f
4335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4340 ;;;***
4341 \f
4342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4343 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4344 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4348 ;;;***
4349 \f
4350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4351 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4356 ;;;***
4357 \f
4358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4359 ;;;;;; 0))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4364 ;;;***
4365 \f
4366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4367 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4372 ;;;***
4373 \f
4374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4375 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4384 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4386 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4387 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4388 There are no special keybindings by default.
4391 to the action header.
4393 \(fn)" t nil)
4395 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4396 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4397 There are no special keybindings by default.
4400 to the action header.
4402 \(fn)" t nil)
4404 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4405 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4407 \(fn)" t nil)
4409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4411 ;;;***
4412 \f
4413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4414 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4416 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4417 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4418 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4419 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4420 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4422 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4423 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4425 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4426 from which to start.
4428 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4436 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4440 ;;;***
4441 \f
4442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4443 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4446 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4447 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4448 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4450 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4452 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4453 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4454 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4456 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4460 ;;;***
4461 \f
4462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4463 ;;;;;; 0))
4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4465 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4466 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4467 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4468 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4469 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4470 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4471 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4472 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4473 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4475 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4476 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4478 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4479 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4480 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4482 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4483 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4484 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4485 the users will view as each check is completed.
4487 \(fn)" t nil)
4489 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4490 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4491 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4492 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4493 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4494 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4495 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4496 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4498 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4500 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4501 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4502 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4503 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4504 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4505 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4506 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4507 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4509 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4511 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4512 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4513 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4514 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4515 spacing are all verified.
4517 \(fn)" t nil)
4519 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4520 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4521 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4522 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4523 otherwise stop after the first error.
4525 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4527 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4528 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4530 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4532 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4533 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4534 Only documentation strings are checked.
4535 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4536 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4537 a separate buffer.
4539 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4541 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4542 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4543 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4544 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4545 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4549 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4550 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4551 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4552 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4553 if there is one.
4555 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4557 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4558 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4559 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4560 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4561 if there is one.
4562 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4564 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4566 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4567 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4568 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4570 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4572 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4573 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4574 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4575 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4576 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4578 \(fn)" t nil)
4580 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4581 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4582 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4583 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4584 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4585 space at the end of each line.
4587 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4590 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4591 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4592 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4594 \(fn)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4597 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4598 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4599 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4601 \(fn)" t nil)
4603 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4604 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4605 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4606 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4611 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4612 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4613 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4615 \(fn)" t nil)
4617 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4618 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4619 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4620 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4622 \(fn)" t nil)
4624 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4625 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4626 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4627 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4629 \(fn)" t nil)
4631 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4632 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4633 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4634 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4636 \(fn)" t nil)
4638 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4639 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4640 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4641 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4645 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4646 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4647 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4648 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4650 \(fn)" t nil)
4652 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4653 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4655 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4656 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4658 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4659 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4660 checking of documentation strings.
4664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4666 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4667 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4673 ;;;***
4674 \f
4675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4676 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4679 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4680 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4681 Return the length of resulting text.
4683 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4685 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4686 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4688 \(fn)" t nil)
4690 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4691 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4692 Return the length of resulting text.
4694 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4696 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4697 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4701 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4704 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4706 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4709 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4713 ;;;***
4714 \f
4715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4718 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4719 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4720 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4721 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4722 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4723 editing and the result is evaluated.
4725 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4728 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4729 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4730 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4731 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4733 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4735 \(fn)" t nil)
4737 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4738 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4739 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4740 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4741 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4743 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4744 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4747 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4748 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "def" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4761 ;;;***
4762 \f
4763 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4764 ;;;;;; (22402 8370 102777 743000))
4765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4769 ;;;***
4770 \f
4771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4772 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4775 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4776 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4777 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4778 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4779 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4780 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4781 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4782 of this function.
4784 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4785 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4786 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4787 property are:
4789 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4790 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4792 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4793 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4794 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4795 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4796 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4797 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4798 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4799 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4800 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4801 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4802 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4803 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4805 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4806 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4807 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4809 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4810 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4811 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4812 list elements are:
4814 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4816 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4818 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4820 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4821 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4823 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4824 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4826 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4827 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4828 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4829 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4830 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4831 value specified by their associated list element.
4833 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4835 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4836 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4837 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4839 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4840 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4841 * indent the first argument by 4.
4842 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4843 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4844 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4846 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4847 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4848 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4849 instead.
4851 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4855 ;;;***
4856 \f
4857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4859 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4861 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4863 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4864 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4865 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4866 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4867 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4868 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4870 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4871 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4875 ;;;***
4876 \f
4877 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4878 ;;;;;; (22406 5421 652315 485000))
4879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4883 ;;;***
4884 \f
4885 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4886 ;;;;;; (22413 65078 249988 237000))
4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4891 ;;;***
4892 \f
4893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4896 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4897 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4898 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4899 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4901 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4902 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4903 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4904 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4906 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4907 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4909 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
4913 ;;;***
4914 \f
4915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
4916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4918 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4919 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4920 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4921 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4922 of `scheme-program-name').
4923 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4924 it is given as initial input.
4925 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4926 discards input when it starts up.
4927 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4928 is run).
4931 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
4935 ;;;***
4936 \f
4937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
4938 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4940 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4941 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4945 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4946 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4948 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4949 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4950 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4952 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
4956 ;;;***
4957 \f
4958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
4959 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4961 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4962 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4963 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4964 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4965 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4966 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4967 functions have already modified the buffer.
4969 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4971 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4972 either globally or locally.")
4974 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4975 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4976 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4977 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4979 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4980 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4981 `start-file-process'
4982 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4983 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4984 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4986 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4987 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4989 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4991 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4993 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4995 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4996 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4997 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4998 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4999 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5000 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5001 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5002 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5003 process as its initial input.
5005 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5007 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5009 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5011 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5012 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5013 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5014 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5015 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5016 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5018 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5020 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5022 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5023 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5024 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5025 directory tracking functions.")
5027 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5028 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5029 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5031 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5033 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5035 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5036 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5037 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5039 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5041 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5043 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5044 Send COMMAND to current process.
5045 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5046 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5048 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5050 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5051 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5052 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5053 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5055 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5059 ;;;***
5060 \f
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5064 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5065 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5066 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5067 to get another window.
5069 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5070 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5072 This command pushes the mark in each window
5073 at the prior location of point in that window.
5074 If both windows display the same buffer,
5075 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5076 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5078 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5079 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5080 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5081 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5082 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5083 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5084 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5085 ignored.
5087 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5088 this command work in interlaced mode:
5089 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5090 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5091 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5093 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5097 ;;;***
5098 \f
5099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5100 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5104 ;;;***
5105 \f
5106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5109 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5110 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5112 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5114 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5115 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5116 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5118 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5120 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5121 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5122 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5126 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5127 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5128 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5129 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5130 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5132 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5133 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5134 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5135 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5138 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5139 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5140 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5141 describing how the process finished.")
5143 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5144 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5145 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5146 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5147 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5149 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5151 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5153 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5155 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5156 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5157 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5158 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5160 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5162 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5163 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5165 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5166 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5169 (lambda ()
5174 (if buffer-file-name
5175 (shell-quote-argument
5176 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
5178 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5179 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5181 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5182 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5183 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5184 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5186 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5188 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5189 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5190 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5191 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5194 and move to the source code that caused it.
5196 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5197 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5199 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5200 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5201 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5202 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5203 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5205 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5206 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5208 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5210 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5211 kills its subprocesses.
5213 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5214 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5215 to a function that generates a unique name.
5217 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5219 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5220 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5221 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5222 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5224 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5225 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5227 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5228 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5229 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5230 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5232 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5233 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5234 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5236 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5238 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5240 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5241 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5246 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5250 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5252 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5254 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5255 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5257 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5258 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5260 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5261 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5262 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5263 See `compilation-mode'.
5265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5267 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5268 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5270 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5271 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5273 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5274 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5275 `compilation-mode'.
5277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5279 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5280 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5281 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5283 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5287 ;;;***
5288 \f
5289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5290 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5292 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5293 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5294 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5295 for a description of this minor mode.
5296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5298 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5300 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5302 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5303 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5304 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5305 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5306 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5312 ;;;***
5313 \f
5314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5315 ;;;;;; 0))
5316 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5318 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5319 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5320 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5321 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5322 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5323 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5324 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5326 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5327 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5328 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5330 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5331 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5332 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5334 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5335 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5336 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5337 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5339 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5340 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5341 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5342 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5343 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5344 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5345 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5349 \(fn)" t nil)
5351 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5352 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5353 Comments start with `#'.
5354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5358 \[Desktop Entry]
5359 Encoding=UTF-8
5360 Name=The GIMP
5361 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5362 Name[cs]=GIMP
5364 \(fn)" t nil)
5366 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5367 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5368 Comments start with `;'.
5369 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5373 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5374 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5375 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5377 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5378 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5380 \(fn)" t nil)
5382 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5383 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5384 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5385 between `/*' and `*/'.
5386 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5389 // another kind of comment
5390 /* yet another */
5392 name:value
5393 name=value
5394 name value
5395 x.1 =
5396 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5397 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5399 \(fn)" t nil)
5401 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5402 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5404 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5405 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5406 `conf-space-keywords'.
5407 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5408 in an interactive fashion instead.
5410 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5414 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5415 image/png png
5416 image/tiff tiff tif
5418 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5419 class desktop
5420 # Standard multimedia devices
5421 add /dev/audio desktop
5422 add /dev/mixer desktop
5424 \(fn)" t nil)
5426 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5427 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5428 See `conf-space-mode'.
5430 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5432 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5433 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5435 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5442 \(fn)" t nil)
5444 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5445 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5447 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5451 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5454 \(fn)" t nil)
5456 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5457 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5459 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5463 *background: gray99
5464 *foreground: black
5466 \(fn)" t nil)
5468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5470 ;;;***
5471 \f
5472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5475 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5476 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5477 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5478 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5479 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5480 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5482 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5484 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5485 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5486 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5487 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5489 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5491 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5492 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5493 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5494 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5496 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5500 ;;;***
5501 \f
5502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5503 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5505 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5506 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5507 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5509 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5510 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5511 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5512 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5513 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5514 following the copyright are updated as well.
5515 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5516 interactively.
5518 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5520 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5521 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5522 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5523 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5524 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5526 \(fn)" t nil)
5528 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5529 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5531 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5533 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5534 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5535 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5537 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5541 ;;;***
5542 \f
5543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5544 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5546 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5547 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5548 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5549 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5550 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5551 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5552 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5554 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5555 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5556 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5557 Tab indents for Perl code.
5558 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5559 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5561 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5562 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5563 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5567 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5568 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5569 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5570 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5571 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5574 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5576 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5577 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5579 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5581 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5582 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5583 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5585 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5586 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5589 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5593 bite if angry;
5595 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5596 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5597 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5598 to nil.)
5601 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5602 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5604 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5606 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5607 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5608 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5610 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5614 if (A) { B }
5616 into
5618 B if A;
5622 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5623 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5624 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5625 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5626 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5627 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5628 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5629 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5630 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5631 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5632 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5633 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5636 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5638 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5639 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5640 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5641 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5643 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5645 man via menu.
5647 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5648 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5649 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5650 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5654 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5655 span the needed amount of lines.
5657 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5658 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5659 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5660 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5662 Variables controlling indentation style:
5663 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5664 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5665 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5666 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5667 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5668 `cperl-auto-newline'
5669 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5670 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5672 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5673 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5674 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5675 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5676 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5677 `cperl-indent-level'
5678 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5679 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5680 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5681 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5682 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5683 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5684 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5685 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5686 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5687 `cperl-brace-offset'
5688 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5689 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5690 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5691 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5692 `cperl-label-offset'
5693 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5694 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5695 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5697 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5698 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5699 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5700 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5701 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5702 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5704 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5707 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5709 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5710 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5711 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5712 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5714 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5715 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5717 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5718 column 0 is indented on
5719 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5721 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5722 with no args.
5724 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5725 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5726 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5728 \(fn)" t nil)
5730 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5731 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5733 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5735 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5736 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5738 \(fn)" t nil)
5740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5742 ;;;***
5743 \f
5744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5747 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5748 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5749 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5750 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5751 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5755 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5756 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5758 \(fn)" t nil)
5760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5762 ;;;***
5763 \f
5764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5767 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5768 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5769 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5771 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5772 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5776 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5779 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5783 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5784 with empty strings removed.
5786 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5790 ;;;***
5791 \f
5792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5793 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5795 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5796 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5798 \(fn)" t nil)
5801 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5804 \(fn)" t nil)
5806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("scss-" "css-")))
5808 ;;;***
5809 \f
5810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5813 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5814 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5815 See the `cua-mode' command
5816 for a description of this minor mode.
5817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5819 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5821 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5823 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5824 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5826 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5827 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5829 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5830 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5831 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5832 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5833 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5834 normal function of these prefix keys.
5836 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5837 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5838 options:
5839 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5840 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5841 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5843 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5844 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5845 the prefix fallback behavior.
5847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5849 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5850 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5856 ;;;***
5857 \f
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
5863 ;;;***
5864 \f
5865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5868 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5869 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5870 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
5876 ;;;***
5877 \f
5878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5879 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5882 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5884 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5885 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5889 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5890 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5891 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5892 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5893 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5894 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5895 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
5901 ;;;***
5902 \f
5903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
5904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
5906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
5908 ;;;***
5909 \f
5910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5913 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5914 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5916 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5918 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5919 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5921 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5923 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5924 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5926 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5928 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5929 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5931 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5932 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5934 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5935 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5937 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5939 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5941 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5942 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5943 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5945 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5946 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5948 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5949 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5951 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5952 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5954 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5956 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5958 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5959 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5960 Return VALUE.
5962 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5963 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5965 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5966 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5968 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5969 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5971 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5973 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5975 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5976 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5977 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5978 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5980 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5981 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5982 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5984 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5986 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5987 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5989 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5990 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5992 \(fn)" t nil)
5994 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5995 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
5996 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
5997 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
5998 for the MODE to customize.
6000 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6002 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6003 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6004 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6006 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6008 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6009 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6011 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6013 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6015 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6016 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6018 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6020 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6022 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6023 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6024 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6026 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6028 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6029 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6030 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6031 as part of Emacs itself.
6033 Each elements looks like this:
6035 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6037 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6038 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6039 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6040 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6041 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6042 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6043 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6044 and `defface'.
6046 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6054 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6055 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6056 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6057 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6059 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6061 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6062 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6063 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6064 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6065 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6066 release.
6068 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6069 that were added or redefined since that version.
6071 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6073 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6074 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6075 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6076 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6078 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6080 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6081 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6083 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6085 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6086 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6087 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6089 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6090 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6092 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6094 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6095 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6097 \(fn)" t nil)
6099 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6100 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6102 \(fn)" t nil)
6104 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6105 Customize all saved options and faces.
6107 \(fn)" t nil)
6109 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6110 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6111 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6112 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6113 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6114 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6116 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6117 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6118 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6120 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6122 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6123 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6125 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6127 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6128 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6130 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6132 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6133 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6135 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6137 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6138 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6139 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6140 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6142 \(fn)" nil nil)
6144 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6145 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6146 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6147 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6148 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6149 that option.
6150 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6152 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6154 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6155 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6156 The result includes selecting that window.
6157 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6158 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6159 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6160 that option.
6161 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6163 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6165 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6166 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6168 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6170 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6171 File used for storing customization information.
6172 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6173 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6174 it should be an absolute file name.
6176 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6177 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6178 something like the following in your init file:
6181 \(load custom-file)
6183 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6184 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6186 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6187 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6188 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6189 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6190 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6192 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6193 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6194 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6195 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6196 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6197 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6199 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6200 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6201 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6203 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6205 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6206 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6208 \(fn)" nil nil)
6210 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6211 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6213 \(fn)" t nil)
6215 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6216 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6217 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6219 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6221 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6222 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6223 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6224 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6225 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6227 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6231 ;;;***
6232 \f
6233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6236 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6237 Create or edit a custom theme.
6238 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6239 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6240 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6241 from the Custom save file.
6242 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6243 named *Custom Theme*.
6245 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6247 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6248 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6250 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6252 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6253 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6255 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6257 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6258 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6259 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6260 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6266 ;;;***
6267 \f
6268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6269 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6271 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6272 Mode used for cvs status output.
6274 \(fn)" t nil)
6276 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6278 ;;;***
6279 \f
6280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6282 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6284 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6285 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6287 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6289 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6290 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6291 C++ modes are included.
6293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6294 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6295 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6299 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6301 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6302 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6303 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6304 for a description of this minor mode.
6305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6307 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6309 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6311 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6312 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6313 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6314 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6315 ARG is omitted or nil.
6317 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6318 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6319 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6325 ;;;***
6326 \f
6327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6328 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6331 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6332 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6334 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6336 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6337 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6339 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6341 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6342 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6343 For readability, the table is slightly
6344 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6346 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6347 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6348 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6349 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6350 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6352 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6356 ;;;***
6357 \f
6358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6359 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6360 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6361 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6362 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6363 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6365 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6366 Completion on current word.
6368 and presents suggestions for completion.
6370 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6371 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6372 completions.
6375 then it searches *all* buffers.
6377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6379 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6382 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6383 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6384 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6385 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6386 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6388 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6389 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6391 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6392 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6393 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6395 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6396 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6404 ;;;***
6405 \f
6406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6409 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6410 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6412 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6416 ;;;***
6417 \f
6418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6421 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6422 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6423 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6424 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6425 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6431 ;;;***
6432 \f
6433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6436 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6437 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6439 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6440 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6441 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6443 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6444 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6445 Data lines are not indented.
6447 Key bindings:
6450 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6457 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6459 dcl-basic-offset
6460 Extra indentation within blocks.
6462 dcl-continuation-offset
6463 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6465 dcl-margin-offset
6466 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6468 dcl-margin-label-offset
6469 Indentation for a label.
6471 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6472 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6474 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6475 dcl-block-end-regexp
6476 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6477 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6478 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6479 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6480 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6482 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6483 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6484 Two such functions are included in the package:
6485 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6486 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6488 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6489 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6490 One such function is included in the package:
6491 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6493 dcl-tab-always-indent
6494 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6495 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6496 margin.
6498 dcl-electric-characters
6499 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6500 typed.
6502 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6503 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6504 which words trigger electric indentation.
6506 dcl-tempo-comma
6507 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6508 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6509 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6511 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6512 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6513 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6514 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6516 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6517 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6518 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6519 dcl-imenu-label-call
6520 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6522 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6523 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6524 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6525 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6528 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6530 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6531 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6532 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6533 $ i = 1
6534 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6535 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6536 $ label:
6537 $ if i.eq.1
6538 $ then
6539 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6540 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6541 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6542 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6545 $ type sys$input
6546 Data lines are not indented at all.
6547 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6548 $ endif
6549 $
6552 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6553 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6555 \(fn)" t nil)
6557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6559 ;;;***
6560 \f
6561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6564 (setq debugger 'debug)
6566 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6568 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6569 of the evaluator.
6571 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6572 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6573 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6575 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6577 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6578 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6580 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6582 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6583 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6584 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6585 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6586 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6587 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6590 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6592 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6594 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6596 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6597 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6598 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6600 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6604 ;;;***
6605 \f
6606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6607 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6609 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6610 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6612 \(fn)" t nil)
6614 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6615 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6616 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6617 Upper-case letters are commands.
6619 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6620 modify it.
6622 The most useful commands are:
6626 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6630 \(fn)" t nil)
6632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6634 ;;;***
6635 \f
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6637 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6638 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6640 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6641 Customization of `columns' group.
6643 \(fn)" t nil)
6645 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6646 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6648 START and END delimits the text region.
6650 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6652 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6653 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6655 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6657 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6661 ;;;***
6662 \f
6663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6664 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6666 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6668 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6669 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6670 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6671 for a description of this minor mode.
6672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6673 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6674 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6676 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6678 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6679 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
6681 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
6682 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6684 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6685 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6686 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6687 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6689 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6690 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6696 ;;;***
6697 \f
6698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6701 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6702 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6704 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6706 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6707 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6708 or nil if there is no parent.
6710 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6711 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6712 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6713 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6715 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6716 arguments are currently understood:
6717 :group GROUP
6718 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6719 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6720 :syntax-table TABLE
6721 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6722 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6723 :abbrev-table TABLE
6724 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6725 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6726 :after-hook FORM
6727 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6728 run. It should not be quoted.
6730 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6734 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6735 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6736 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6738 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6739 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6743 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6745 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6746 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6748 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6749 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6751 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6753 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6755 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6757 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6758 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6759 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6760 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6761 the first time the mode is used.
6763 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6767 ;;;***
6768 \f
6769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6770 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6772 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6773 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6774 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6775 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6776 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6777 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6778 otherwise.
6780 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6782 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6783 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6784 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6785 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6787 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6788 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6789 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6791 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6792 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6793 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6794 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6795 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6796 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6797 relevant to POS.
6799 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6801 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6802 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6804 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6805 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6806 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6807 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6808 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6809 minibuffer window for width limit.
6811 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6812 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6814 \(fn)" nil nil)
6816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6818 ;;;***
6819 \f
6820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6821 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6823 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6824 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6825 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6826 for a description of this minor mode.
6827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6829 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6831 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6833 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6834 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6836 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6837 is omitted or nil.
6839 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6840 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6841 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6842 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6847 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6848 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6850 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6852 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6856 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6857 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6858 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6859 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6861 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6863 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6864 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6866 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6867 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6868 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6870 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6873 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6874 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6875 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6877 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6878 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6879 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6880 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6882 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6884 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6885 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6887 Handlers are called with argument list
6889 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6891 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6893 `desktop-file-version'
6894 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6895 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6896 `desktop-buffer-point'
6897 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6898 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6899 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6901 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6902 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6904 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6905 code like
6907 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6908 ...
6912 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6914 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6916 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6918 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6919 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6920 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6921 List elements must have the form
6923 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6925 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6926 function.
6928 Handlers are called with argument list
6930 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6932 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6934 `desktop-file-version'
6935 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6936 `desktop-buffer-name'
6937 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6938 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6939 `desktop-buffer-point'
6940 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6941 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6942 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6944 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6945 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6946 created and set.
6948 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6949 code like
6951 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6952 ...
6956 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6958 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6960 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6962 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6964 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6965 Empty the Desktop.
6966 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6967 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6968 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6969 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6970 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6971 if different).
6973 \(fn)" t nil)
6975 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6976 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6977 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6978 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6979 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6980 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6981 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6982 do not rewrite the file.
6984 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6985 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6986 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6987 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6988 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6989 file.
6991 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6992 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6993 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6994 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6995 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6996 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6997 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6998 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6999 without further confirmation.
7001 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7003 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7004 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7005 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7007 \(fn)" t nil)
7009 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7010 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7011 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7012 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7013 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7014 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7015 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7016 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7018 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7020 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7021 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7022 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7024 \(fn)" nil nil)
7026 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7028 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7029 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7030 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7031 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7032 directory DIRNAME.
7034 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7036 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7037 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7039 \(fn)" t nil)
7041 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7042 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7044 \(fn)" t nil)
7046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7048 ;;;***
7049 \f
7050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7053 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7054 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7055 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7056 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7057 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7058 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7060 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7062 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7063 Repair a broken attribution line.
7064 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7066 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7068 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7069 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7070 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7071 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7073 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7075 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7076 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7078 \(fn)" t nil)
7080 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7082 ;;;***
7083 \f
7084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7085 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7089 ;;;***
7090 \f
7091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7092 ;;;;;; 0))
7093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7095 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7096 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7097 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7098 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7099 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7103 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7104 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7105 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7106 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7108 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7109 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7110 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7111 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7113 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7114 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7116 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7121 \(diary-mail-entries)
7123 # diary-rem.el ends here
7125 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7127 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7128 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7130 \(fn)" t nil)
7132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7134 ;;;***
7135 \f
7136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7137 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7139 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7140 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7142 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7144 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7145 The command to use to run diff.")
7147 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7149 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7150 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7151 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7152 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7153 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7154 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7156 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7157 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7158 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7160 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7162 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7163 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7164 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7165 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7166 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7167 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7169 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7171 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7172 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7174 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7176 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7177 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7178 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7180 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7184 ;;;***
7185 \f
7186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7189 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7190 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7191 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7192 normal diffs.
7194 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7195 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7196 headers for you on-the-fly.
7204 \(fn)" t nil)
7206 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7207 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7209 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7210 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7218 ;;;***
7219 \f
7220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7223 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7224 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7225 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7227 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7231 ;;;***
7232 \f
7233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7234 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7236 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7237 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7238 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7239 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7240 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7241 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7242 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7243 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7245 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7247 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7248 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7249 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7250 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7251 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7252 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7254 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7256 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7257 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7259 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7260 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7262 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7263 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7264 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7265 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7266 listing have no effect.
7272 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7274 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7275 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7277 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7280 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7281 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7283 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7286 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7289 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7291 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7293 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7296 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7299 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7302 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7304 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7307 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7308 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7309 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7310 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7312 to see why something went wrong.
7317 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7324 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7325 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7328 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7330 again for the directory tree.
7333 for more info):
7335 `dired-listing-switches'
7336 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7337 `dired-marker-char'
7338 `dired-del-marker'
7339 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7340 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7341 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7342 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7346 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7347 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7348 `dired-mode-hook'
7349 `dired-load-hook'
7351 Keybindings:
7354 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7355 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7359 ;;;***
7360 \f
7361 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7362 ;;;;;; (22402 8370 102777 743000))
7363 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7367 ;;;***
7368 \f
7369 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7370 ;;;;;; (22258 27960 296487 495000))
7371 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7375 ;;;***
7376 \f
7377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7380 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7381 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7383 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7384 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7386 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7387 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7388 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7390 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7391 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7392 directory.
7394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7396 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7397 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7398 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7399 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7400 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7401 from `default-directory'.
7403 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7407 ;;;***
7408 \f
7409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7412 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7413 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7414 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7415 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7416 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7417 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7419 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7423 ;;;***
7424 \f
7425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7426 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7428 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7429 Return a new, empty display table.
7431 \(fn)" nil nil)
7433 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7434 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7435 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7436 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7437 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7439 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7441 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7442 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7443 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7444 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7445 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7447 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7449 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7450 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7452 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7454 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7455 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7460 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7462 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7463 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7465 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7466 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7467 byte.
7469 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7470 in the default way after this call.
7472 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7474 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7475 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7477 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7479 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7480 Display character C using printable string S.
7482 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7484 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7485 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7486 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7487 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7489 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7491 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7492 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7493 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7494 X frame.
7496 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7498 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7499 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7501 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7503 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7504 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7506 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7508 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7509 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7511 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7513 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7514 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7516 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7518 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7519 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7521 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7523 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7524 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7526 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7527 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7529 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7530 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7532 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7533 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7534 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7535 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7537 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7538 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7539 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7540 in `.emacs'.
7542 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7546 ;;;***
7547 \f
7548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7551 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7552 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7553 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7554 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7555 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7556 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7557 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7558 Default is 2.
7560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7562 ;;;***
7563 \f
7564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7567 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7568 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7569 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7570 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7571 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7572 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7573 private or ask).
7574 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7575 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7576 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7577 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7578 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7580 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7584 ;;;***
7585 \f
7586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7587 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7591 ;;;***
7592 \f
7593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7596 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7597 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7598 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7599 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7600 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7601 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7602 table and its own syntax table.
7604 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7606 \(fn)" t nil)
7607 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7609 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7610 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7612 \(fn)" t nil)
7614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7616 ;;;***
7617 \f
7618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7619 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7621 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7622 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7623 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7624 OpenDocument format).
7626 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7628 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7629 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7631 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7632 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7635 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7638 \(fn)" t nil)
7640 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7641 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7642 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7643 to the next best mode.
7645 \(fn)" nil nil)
7647 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7648 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7649 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7650 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7651 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7653 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7657 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7660 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7664 ;;;***
7665 \f
7666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7667 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7669 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7670 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7672 \(fn)" t nil)
7674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7676 ;;;***
7677 \f
7678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7679 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7683 ;;;***
7684 \f
7685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7686 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7690 ;;;***
7691 \f
7692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7697 ;;;***
7698 \f
7699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7704 ;;;***
7705 \f
7706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7707 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7709 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7710 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7712 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7713 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7715 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7716 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7722 ;;;***
7723 \f
7724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7725 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7726 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7728 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7729 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7731 \(fn)" t nil)
7733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("down" "dun" "out" "obj-special" "south" "north" "west" "east")))
7735 ;;;***
7736 \f
7737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7738 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7743 ;;;***
7744 \f
7745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7746 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7749 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7751 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7752 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7753 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7754 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7755 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7757 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7758 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7759 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7760 and disables it otherwise.
7762 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7763 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7764 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7765 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7767 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7768 documenting what its argument does.
7770 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7771 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7772 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7773 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7774 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7775 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7776 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7777 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7778 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7780 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7781 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7782 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7783 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7784 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7785 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7786 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7787 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7788 the minor mode is global):
7790 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7792 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7793 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7794 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7795 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7796 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7797 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7798 Not used if you also specify :variable.
7799 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7800 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7801 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7802 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
7803 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
7804 named variable, or a generalized variable.
7805 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
7806 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
7807 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
7808 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
7809 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
7810 in :variable).
7812 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7813 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7815 For example, you could write
7818 ...BODY CODE...)
7820 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7822 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7824 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7826 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7828 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7829 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7830 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7831 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7832 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7833 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7834 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7835 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7836 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7837 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7838 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7839 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7841 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7842 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7843 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7844 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7845 call another major mode in their body.
7847 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7848 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7849 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7851 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7853 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7855 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7856 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7857 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7858 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7859 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7860 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7861 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7863 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7865 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7866 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7867 :inherit Parent keymap.
7868 :group Ignored.
7869 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7870 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7872 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7874 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7875 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7876 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7877 the constant's documentation.
7879 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7881 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7882 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7883 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7885 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
7889 ;;;***
7890 \f
7891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
7892 ;;;;;; 0))
7893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7895 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7896 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7897 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7898 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7900 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7901 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7902 as a top-level menu bar item.
7904 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7905 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7906 pairs:
7908 :filter FUNCTION
7909 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7910 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7911 items to actually display.
7913 :visible INCLUDE
7914 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7915 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7916 alias for `:visible'.
7918 :active ENABLE
7919 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7920 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7921 an alias for `:active'.
7923 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7924 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7926 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7928 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7930 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7931 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7933 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7934 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7936 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7938 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7940 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7941 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7943 :keys KEYS
7944 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7945 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7946 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7947 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7949 :key-sequence KEYS
7950 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7951 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7952 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7953 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7955 :active ENABLE
7956 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7957 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7958 alias for `:active'.
7960 :visible INCLUDE
7961 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7962 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7963 `:visible'.
7965 :label FORM
7966 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7967 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7969 :suffix FORM
7970 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7971 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7973 :style STYLE
7974 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7975 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7976 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7978 :selected SELECTED
7979 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7980 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7982 :help HELP
7983 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7985 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7986 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7987 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7989 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7990 MENU. This is a submenu.
7992 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7994 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7996 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7999 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8001 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8002 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8003 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8004 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8006 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8008 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8009 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8010 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8011 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8012 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8013 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8015 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8016 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8017 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8019 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8020 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8021 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8023 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8024 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8026 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8030 ;;;***
8031 \f
8032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8037 ;;;***
8038 \f
8039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8044 ;;;***
8045 \f
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8051 ;;;***
8052 \f
8053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8065 ;;;***
8066 \f
8067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8072 ;;;***
8073 \f
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8079 ;;;***
8080 \f
8081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8083 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8085 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8086 Customization for ebnf group.
8088 \(fn)" t nil)
8090 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8093 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8095 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8096 processed.
8098 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8100 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8102 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8103 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8105 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8106 killed after process termination.
8108 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8110 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8112 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8115 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8116 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8117 it to the printer.
8119 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8120 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8121 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8122 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8124 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8126 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8128 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8130 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8132 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8135 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8137 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8138 processed.
8140 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8142 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8144 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8145 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8147 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8148 killed after process termination.
8150 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8152 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8155 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8156 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8157 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8159 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8161 \(fn)" t nil)
8163 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8164 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8165 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8167 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8169 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8171 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8172 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8174 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8176 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8177 processed.
8179 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8181 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8183 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8184 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8186 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8187 killed after EPS generation.
8189 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8191 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8193 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8194 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8196 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8197 The EPS file name has the following form:
8199 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8201 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8204 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8205 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8206 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8210 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8211 files.
8213 \(fn)" t nil)
8215 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8218 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8219 The EPS file name has the following form:
8221 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8223 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8226 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8227 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8228 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8232 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8233 files.
8235 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8237 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8239 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8242 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8244 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8245 are processed.
8247 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8249 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8251 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8252 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8254 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8255 killed after syntax checking.
8257 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8259 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8261 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8262 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8264 \(fn)" t nil)
8266 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8267 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8269 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8271 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8272 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8274 \(fn)" nil nil)
8276 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8277 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8281 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8283 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8284 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8286 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8288 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8290 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8291 Delete style NAME.
8293 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8295 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8297 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8298 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8302 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8304 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8305 Set STYLE as the current style.
8307 Returns the old style symbol.
8309 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8311 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8313 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8314 Reset current style.
8316 Returns the old style symbol.
8318 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8320 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8323 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8325 Returns the old style symbol.
8327 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8329 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8331 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8333 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8334 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8336 Returns the old style symbol.
8338 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8340 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8342 \(fn)" t nil)
8344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8346 ;;;***
8347 \f
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8351 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8352 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8353 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8354 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8355 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8358 Tree mode key bindings:
8361 \(fn)" t nil)
8363 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8364 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8366 \(fn)" t nil)
8368 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8369 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8371 \(fn)" t nil)
8373 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8374 View declaration of member at point.
8376 \(fn)" t nil)
8378 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8379 Find declaration of member at point.
8381 \(fn)" t nil)
8383 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8384 View definition of member at point.
8386 \(fn)" t nil)
8388 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8389 Find definition of member at point.
8391 \(fn)" t nil)
8393 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8394 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8396 \(fn)" t nil)
8398 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8399 View definition of member at point in other window.
8401 \(fn)" t nil)
8403 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8404 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8406 \(fn)" t nil)
8408 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8409 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8411 \(fn)" t nil)
8413 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8414 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8416 \(fn)" t nil)
8418 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8419 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8421 \(fn)" t nil)
8423 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8424 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8425 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8426 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8427 completion.
8429 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8432 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8433 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8434 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8436 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8439 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8440 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8441 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8443 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8445 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8446 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8447 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8449 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8451 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8452 Search for call sites of a member.
8453 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8454 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8455 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8456 looks like a function call to the member.
8458 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8460 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8461 Move backward in the position stack.
8462 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8466 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8467 Move forward in the position stack.
8468 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8470 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8472 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8473 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8475 \(fn)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8478 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8480 \(fn)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8483 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8484 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8485 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8487 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8489 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8490 Display statistics for a class tree.
8492 \(fn)" t nil)
8494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8496 ;;;***
8497 \f
8498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8499 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8501 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8503 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8505 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8506 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8507 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8509 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8512 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8513 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8514 also has this effect.
8516 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8526 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8530 ;;;***
8531 \f
8532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8533 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8535 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8536 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8537 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8539 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8543 ;;;***
8544 \f
8545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8546 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8548 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8551 \(fn)" nil nil)
8553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8555 ;;;***
8556 \f
8557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8558 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8559 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8561 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8562 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8563 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8564 for a description of this minor mode.
8565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8566 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8567 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8569 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8571 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8572 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8577 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8578 an EDE controlled project.
8580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8584 ;;;***
8585 \f
8586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8587 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8591 ;;;***
8592 \f
8593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8594 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8599 ;;;***
8600 \f
8601 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8602 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 927192 607000))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8607 ;;;***
8608 \f
8609 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8610 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 927192 607000))
8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8615 ;;;***
8616 \f
8617 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8618 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8623 ;;;***
8624 \f
8625 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8626 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8627 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8631 ;;;***
8632 \f
8633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8638 ;;;***
8639 \f
8640 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8641 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8646 ;;;***
8647 \f
8648 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8649 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8654 ;;;***
8655 \f
8656 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8657 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8662 ;;;***
8663 \f
8664 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8665 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8670 ;;;***
8671 \f
8672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8673 ;;;;;; (22362 1462 489419 679000))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8678 ;;;***
8679 \f
8680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8681 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 37741 19000))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8686 ;;;***
8687 \f
8688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8689 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8694 ;;;***
8695 \f
8696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8697 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8709 ;;;***
8710 \f
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8716 ;;;***
8717 \f
8718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8726 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8734 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8742 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8750 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8758 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8763 ;;;***
8764 \f
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8766 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8771 ;;;***
8772 \f
8773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8774 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8779 ;;;***
8780 \f
8781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8782 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
8790 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
8793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
8798 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
8801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
8803 ;;;***
8804 \f
8805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
8806 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8807 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
8809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
8814 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
8817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
8819 ;;;***
8820 \f
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
8824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
8831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
8836 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
8839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
8844 ;;;;;; 0))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
8847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
8852 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
8855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
8857 ;;;***
8858 \f
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
8860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8862 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8863 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8864 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8865 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8866 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8868 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8869 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8871 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8873 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8875 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8876 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8877 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8878 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8880 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8882 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8883 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8884 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8885 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8887 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8889 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8891 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8892 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8893 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8894 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8895 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8897 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
8898 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
8899 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
8900 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
8901 instrumented for Edebug.
8903 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8904 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8905 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8906 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8907 already is one.)
8909 \(fn)" t nil)
8911 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8912 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8914 \(fn)" t nil)
8916 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8917 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8919 \(fn)" t nil)
8921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
8923 ;;;***
8924 \f
8925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
8926 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
8927 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8929 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8930 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8932 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8934 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8935 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8937 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8939 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8941 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8943 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
8944 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
8945 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
8946 nothing to revert then this command fails.
8948 \(fn)" t nil)
8950 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8951 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8952 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8953 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8955 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8957 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8958 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8960 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8962 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8964 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8965 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8967 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8969 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8971 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8972 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8973 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8974 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8976 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8978 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8980 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8981 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8982 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8983 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8985 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8987 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8989 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8990 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8991 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8992 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8994 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8996 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8998 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8999 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9000 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9001 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9003 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9005 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9007 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9008 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9009 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9010 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9011 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9012 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9014 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9016 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9017 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9018 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9019 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9021 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9023 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9025 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9026 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9027 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9028 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9030 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9032 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9034 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9036 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9037 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9038 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9039 follows:
9040 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9041 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9043 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9045 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9046 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9047 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9048 follows:
9049 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9050 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9052 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9054 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9055 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9056 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9057 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9058 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9060 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9062 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9063 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9064 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9065 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9066 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9067 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9069 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9071 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9073 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9074 Merge two files without ancestor.
9076 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9078 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9079 Merge two files with ancestor.
9081 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9083 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9085 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9086 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9088 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9090 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9091 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9093 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9095 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9096 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9097 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9098 buffer.
9100 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9102 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9103 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9104 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9105 buffer.
9107 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9109 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9110 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9111 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9112 and don't ask the user.
9113 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9114 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9116 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9118 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9119 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9120 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9121 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9122 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9123 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9124 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9125 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9127 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9129 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9131 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9133 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9134 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9135 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9136 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9137 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9139 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9141 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9143 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9144 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9145 When called interactively, displays the version.
9147 \(fn)" t nil)
9149 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9150 Display Ediff's manual.
9151 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9153 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9155 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9158 \(fn)" nil nil)
9160 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9168 \(fn)" nil nil)
9170 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9173 \(fn)" nil nil)
9175 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9178 \(fn)" nil nil)
9180 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9183 \(fn)" nil nil)
9185 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9188 \(fn)" nil nil)
9190 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9193 \(fn)" nil nil)
9195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9197 ;;;***
9198 \f
9199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9209 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9212 \(fn)" t nil)
9214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9216 ;;;***
9217 \f
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9223 ;;;***
9224 \f
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9230 ;;;***
9231 \f
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9235 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9236 Display Ediff's registry.
9238 \(fn)" t nil)
9240 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9244 ;;;***
9245 \f
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9251 ;;;***
9252 \f
9253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9256 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9257 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9258 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9259 which see.
9261 \(fn)" t nil)
9263 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9264 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9265 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9266 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9272 ;;;***
9273 \f
9274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9279 ;;;***
9280 \f
9281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9286 ;;;***
9287 \f
9288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9290 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9292 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9293 Edit a keyboard macro.
9294 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9295 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9296 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9297 its command name.
9298 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9300 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9302 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9303 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9305 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9307 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9308 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9310 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9312 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9313 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9315 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9319 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9320 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9321 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9322 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9324 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9326 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9327 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9328 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9329 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9330 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9331 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9333 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9337 ;;;***
9338 \f
9339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9342 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9343 Set scroll margins.
9344 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9345 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9347 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9349 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9350 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9352 \(fn)" t nil)
9354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9359 ;;;;;; 0))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9367 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9372 ;;;***
9373 \f
9374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9379 ;;;***
9380 \f
9381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9382 ;;;;;; 0))
9383 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9387 ;;;***
9388 \f
9389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9392 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9394 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9395 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9396 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9397 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9398 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9400 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9401 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9404 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9405 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9406 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9408 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9409 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9410 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9412 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9413 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9414 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9416 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9418 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9421 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9429 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9433 ;;;***
9434 \f
9435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9436 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9441 ;;;***
9442 \f
9443 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9444 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (22164 57534 179192 607000))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9449 ;;;***
9450 \f
9451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9452 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9454 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9456 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9457 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9458 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9459 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9460 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9461 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9462 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9464 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9468 ;;;***
9469 \f
9470 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9471 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (22164 57534 179192 607000))
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9476 ;;;***
9477 \f
9478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9479 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9484 ;;;***
9485 \f
9486 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9487 ;;;;;; (22323 1714 165363 124000))
9488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9492 ;;;***
9493 \f
9494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9495 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9500 ;;;***
9501 \f
9502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9503 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9505 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
9506 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
9508 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
9509 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
9510 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
9512 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
9514 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9515 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9516 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9517 for a description of this minor mode.
9518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9520 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9522 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9524 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9525 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9527 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9528 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9530 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9531 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9532 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9533 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9537 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9538 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9544 ;;;***
9545 \f
9546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9547 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9549 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9550 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9552 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9553 an elided material again.
9555 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9561 ;;;***
9562 \f
9563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9566 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9567 Lint the file FILE.
9569 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9571 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9572 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9573 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9575 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9577 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9578 Lint the current buffer.
9579 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9581 \(fn)" t nil)
9583 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9584 Lint the function at point.
9585 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9587 \(fn)" t nil)
9589 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9590 Initialize elint.
9591 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9592 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9594 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9598 ;;;***
9599 \f
9600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9603 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9604 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9605 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9607 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9609 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9610 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9611 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9612 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9614 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9616 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9617 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9618 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9622 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9624 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9625 Display current profiling results.
9626 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9627 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9628 displayed.
9630 \(fn)" t nil)
9632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9634 ;;;***
9635 \f
9636 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9637 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9638 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9642 ;;;***
9643 \f
9644 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9645 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9650 ;;;***
9651 \f
9652 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9653 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9658 ;;;***
9659 \f
9660 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9661 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9674 ;;;***
9675 \f
9676 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9677 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9682 ;;;***
9683 \f
9684 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9685 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9693 ;;;;;; (22381 2247 656310 732000))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9698 ;;;***
9699 \f
9700 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9701 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9702 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9706 ;;;***
9707 \f
9708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9709 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9710 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9714 ;;;***
9715 \f
9716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9717 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9718 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9722 ;;;***
9723 \f
9724 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9725 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9726 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
9730 ;;;***
9731 \f
9732 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9733 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9734 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9738 ;;;***
9739 \f
9740 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9741 ;;;;;; (22174 6972 512792 520000))
9742 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
9746 ;;;***
9747 \f
9748 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9749 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9750 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
9754 ;;;***
9755 \f
9756 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9757 ;;;;;; (22319 4659 781044 40000))
9758 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
9762 ;;;***
9763 \f
9764 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9765 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 295192 607000))
9766 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
9770 ;;;***
9771 \f
9772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9775 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9776 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9777 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9778 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9779 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9780 ARG is omitted or nil.
9782 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9783 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9784 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9785 used instead.
9787 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9789 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9790 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
9791 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
9793 Other values are interpreted as usual.
9795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
9799 ;;;***
9800 \f
9801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9802 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9804 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9805 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9806 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9808 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
9810 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
9812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
9814 ;;;***
9815 \f
9816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
9817 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
9819 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9820 Run Emerge on two files.
9822 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9824 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9825 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9827 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9829 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9830 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9832 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9834 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9835 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9837 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9839 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9842 \(fn)" nil nil)
9844 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9847 \(fn)" nil nil)
9849 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9852 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9854 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9857 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9859 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9860 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9862 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9865 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9867 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9869 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9872 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
9876 ;;;***
9877 \f
9878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9881 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9882 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9883 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9884 text/enriched format.
9886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
9887 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
9888 if ARG is omitted or nil.
9890 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9892 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9895 Commands:
9899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9901 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9904 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9906 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9909 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
9913 ;;;***
9914 \f
9915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
9916 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
9918 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
9919 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
9921 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9923 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
9924 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
9926 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9928 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
9929 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
9930 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
9931 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
9932 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
9933 the keys are listed.
9934 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
9936 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
9938 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
9939 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
9940 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
9942 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
9944 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
9945 Verify FILE.
9947 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9949 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
9950 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
9952 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
9954 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
9955 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
9957 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
9959 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
9960 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
9962 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
9963 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
9964 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
9965 proper place to insert the plaintext.
9967 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
9968 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9969 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
9970 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
9971 should consider using the string based counterpart
9972 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
9973 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
9975 For example:
9978 (decode-coding-string
9979 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
9982 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
9984 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
9985 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
9987 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9988 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
9990 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9992 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
9994 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
9995 Verify the current region between START and END.
9997 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9998 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9999 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10000 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10001 should consider using the string based counterpart
10002 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10003 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10005 For example:
10008 (decode-coding-string
10009 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10012 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10014 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10016 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10017 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10018 between START and END.
10020 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10021 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10023 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10025 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10027 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10028 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10030 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10031 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10032 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10033 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10034 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10035 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10037 For example:
10040 (epg-sign-string
10041 context
10044 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10046 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10048 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10049 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10051 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10052 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10053 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10054 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10055 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10056 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10058 For example:
10061 (epg-encrypt-string
10062 context
10064 nil))
10066 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10068 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10070 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10071 Delete selected KEYS.
10073 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10075 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10076 Import keys from FILE.
10078 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10080 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10081 Import keys from the region.
10083 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10085 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10086 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10087 between START and END.
10089 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10091 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10092 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10094 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10096 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10097 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10099 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10103 ;;;***
10104 \f
10105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10106 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10108 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10109 Decrypt marked files.
10111 \(fn)" t nil)
10113 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10114 Verify marked files.
10116 \(fn)" t nil)
10118 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10119 Sign marked files.
10121 \(fn)" t nil)
10123 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10124 Encrypt marked files.
10126 \(fn)" t nil)
10128 ;;;***
10129 \f
10130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10131 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10133 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10136 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10138 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10141 \(fn)" t nil)
10143 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10146 \(fn)" t nil)
10148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10150 ;;;***
10151 \f
10152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10153 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10155 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10156 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10158 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10159 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10163 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10164 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10165 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10167 \(fn)" t nil)
10169 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10171 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10172 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10173 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10175 \(fn)" t nil)
10177 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10179 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10180 Sign the current buffer.
10181 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10183 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10185 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10187 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10188 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10189 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10190 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10191 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10192 and also whether and how to sign.
10194 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10195 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10196 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10198 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10200 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10202 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10203 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10204 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10206 \(fn)" t nil)
10208 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10210 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10211 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10212 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10213 for a description of this minor mode.
10214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10216 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10218 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10220 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10221 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10223 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10224 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10230 ;;;***
10231 \f
10232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10233 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10234 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10236 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10237 Return a context object.
10239 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10246 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10248 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10249 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10250 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10251 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10253 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10254 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10255 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10256 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10257 version requirement is met.
10259 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10261 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10262 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10264 \(fn)" nil nil)
10266 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10268 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10269 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10271 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10273 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10274 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10276 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10280 ;;;***
10281 \f
10282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10283 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10284 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10286 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10287 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10289 \(fn)" nil nil)
10291 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10292 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10293 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10295 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10297 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10298 (server (erc-compute-server))
10299 (port (erc-compute-port))
10300 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10301 password
10302 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10304 That is, if called with
10308 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10309 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10310 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10312 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10314 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10316 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10317 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10318 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10320 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10322 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10323 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10324 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10325 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10327 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10331 ;;;***
10332 \f
10333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10334 ;;;;;; 0))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10336 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto" "autoaway")))
10340 ;;;***
10341 \f
10342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10347 ;;;***
10348 \f
10349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10351 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-" "button")))
10355 ;;;***
10356 \f
10357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10359 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10363 ;;;***
10364 \f
10365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10366 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10367 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10371 ;;;***
10372 \f
10373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10375 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10377 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10378 Parser for /dcc command.
10379 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10381 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10383 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10385 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10386 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10388 \(fn)" nil nil)
10390 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10391 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10393 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10394 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10395 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10396 that subcommand.
10398 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/" "dcc")))
10402 ;;;***
10403 \f
10404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10405 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10407 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("notifications" "erc-notifications-")))
10411 ;;;***
10412 \f
10413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10414 ;;;;;; 0))
10415 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10417 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10418 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10420 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10422 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10423 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10424 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10425 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10427 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10435 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10437 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10440 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10442 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10445 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10447 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10449 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10450 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10452 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10454 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10455 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10457 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10459 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10460 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10462 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10464 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10465 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10467 \(fn)" nil nil)
10469 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10470 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10472 \(fn)" nil nil)
10474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10476 ;;;***
10477 \f
10478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10480 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10482 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10483 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10484 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10486 \(fn)" nil nil)
10488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10490 ;;;***
10491 \f
10492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "scrolltobottom" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly")))
10497 ;;;***
10498 \f
10499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10504 ;;;***
10505 \f
10506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10508 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10510 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10511 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10512 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10513 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10514 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10515 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10516 system.
10518 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10520 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10523 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-" "identd")))
10527 ;;;***
10528 \f
10529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10532 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10535 \(fn)" nil nil)
10537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10539 ;;;***
10540 \f
10541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10542 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10543 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-" "autojoin")))
10547 ;;;***
10548 \f
10549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10550 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10554 ;;;***
10555 \f
10556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10557 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10558 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-" "list")))
10562 ;;;***
10563 \f
10564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10566 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10568 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10569 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10570 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10571 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10572 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10573 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10575 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10577 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10578 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10579 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10580 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10582 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10583 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10584 automatically.
10586 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10587 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10593 ;;;***
10594 \f
10595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10596 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10597 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10599 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10600 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10602 \(fn)" t nil)
10604 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10605 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10607 \(fn)" t nil)
10609 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10610 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10612 \(fn)" t nil)
10614 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10615 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10617 \(fn)" t nil)
10619 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10620 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10622 \(fn)" t nil)
10624 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10625 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10627 \(fn)" t nil)
10629 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10630 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10632 \(fn)" t nil)
10634 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10635 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10637 \(fn)" t nil)
10639 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10641 ;;;***
10642 \f
10643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10645 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-" "menu")))
10649 ;;;***
10650 \f
10651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10652 ;;;;;; 0))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10654 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10656 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10657 Show who's gone.
10659 \(fn)" nil nil)
10661 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-" "netsplit")))
10663 ;;;***
10664 \f
10665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10666 ;;;;;; 0))
10667 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10669 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10671 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10672 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10674 \(fn)" nil nil)
10676 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10677 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10679 \(fn)" t nil)
10681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10683 ;;;***
10684 \f
10685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10686 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10687 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10689 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10690 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10691 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10692 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10694 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10696 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10699 \(fn)" nil nil)
10701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-" "notify")))
10703 ;;;***
10704 \f
10705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10707 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-" "page")))
10711 ;;;***
10712 \f
10713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10714 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10716 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10723 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10724 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-")))
10728 ;;;***
10729 \f
10730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10731 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10732 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10736 ;;;***
10737 \f
10738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10739 ;;;;;; 0))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10741 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10743 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10744 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10746 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10748 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10750 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10752 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-" "services")))
10756 ;;;***
10757 \f
10758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10759 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10760 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10764 ;;;***
10765 \f
10766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10767 ;;;;;; 0))
10768 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10770 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10771 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10772 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10774 \(fn)" t nil)
10776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10778 ;;;***
10779 \f
10780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10781 ;;;;;; 0))
10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10783 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-" "spelling")))
10787 ;;;***
10788 \f
10789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10791 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
10795 ;;;***
10796 \f
10797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10800 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10801 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
10802 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
10803 for a description of this minor mode.")
10805 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
10807 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
10808 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
10809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
10810 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10811 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10813 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
10814 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
10815 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
10816 keybindings will not do anything useful.
10818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10819 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
10821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
10823 ;;;***
10824 \f
10825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
10826 ;;;;;; 0))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10828 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
10830 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
10831 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
10832 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
10833 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10835 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10837 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
10838 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
10839 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10841 \(fn)" t nil)
10843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("truncate" "erc-max-buffer-size")))
10845 ;;;***
10846 \f
10847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10849 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
10851 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
10852 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
10854 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-" "xdcc")))
10858 ;;;***
10859 \f
10860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10863 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10864 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10866 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10867 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10869 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10870 useful for assertions in BODY.
10872 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10874 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10875 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10876 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10880 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10882 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10884 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10886 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10888 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10889 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10891 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10892 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10896 Returns the stats object.
10898 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10900 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
10901 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
10903 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
10904 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
10905 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
10906 the tests).
10908 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10910 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
10911 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
10913 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
10914 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
10915 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
10916 and how to display message.
10918 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
10920 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
10922 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
10923 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
10925 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
10927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
10934 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10936 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
10937 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
10939 \(fn)" t nil)
10941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
10943 ;;;***
10944 \f
10945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
10948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
10950 ;;;***
10951 \f
10952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10953 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
10955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
10957 ;;;***
10958 \f
10959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
10962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
10964 ;;;***
10965 \f
10966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
10969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
10971 ;;;***
10972 \f
10973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
10976 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
10977 Emacs shell interactive mode.
10979 \(fn)" t nil)
10981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
10983 ;;;***
10984 \f
10985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
10986 ;;;;;; 0))
10987 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
10989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
10994 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
10996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
10998 ;;;***
10999 \f
11000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11005 ;;;***
11006 \f
11007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11012 ;;;***
11013 \f
11014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11015 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11019 ;;;***
11020 \f
11021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11023 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11025 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11026 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11027 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11028 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11029 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11030 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11031 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11032 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11033 buffer selected (or created).
11035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11037 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11038 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11039 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11041 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11043 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11044 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11045 The result might be any Lisp object.
11046 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11047 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11048 corresponding to a successful execution.
11050 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11052 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11056 ;;;***
11057 \f
11058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11061 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11062 File name of tags table.
11063 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
11064 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
11065 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11066 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11067 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11069 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11070 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11071 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11072 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11074 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11076 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11077 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11079 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11080 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11081 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11083 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11085 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11086 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11087 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11089 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11091 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11092 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11093 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11094 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11095 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11097 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11099 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11104 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11106 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11108 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11109 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11110 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11112 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11114 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11115 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11117 \(fn)" t nil)
11119 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11120 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11121 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11122 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11125 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
11127 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11128 file the tag was in.
11130 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11132 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11133 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11134 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11135 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11136 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11137 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11138 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11139 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11140 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11142 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
11144 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11145 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11146 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11147 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11148 without directory names.
11150 \(fn)" nil nil)
11152 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11155 \(fn)" nil nil)
11156 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11157 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11158 (progn
11159 (load "etags")
11160 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11162 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11163 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11164 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11165 but does not select the buffer.
11166 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11168 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11169 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11170 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11171 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11174 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11176 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11178 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11180 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11182 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11184 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11185 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11186 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11187 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11189 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11190 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11191 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11192 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11195 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11197 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11199 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11201 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11203 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11205 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11207 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11208 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11209 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11210 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11211 around or before point.
11213 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11214 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11215 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11216 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11219 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11221 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11223 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11225 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11227 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11229 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11231 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11232 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11233 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11234 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11235 around or before point.
11237 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11238 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11239 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11240 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11243 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11245 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11247 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11249 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11251 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11253 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11255 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11256 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11257 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11259 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11260 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11261 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11262 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11265 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11267 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11269 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11271 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11273 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11275 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11277 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11279 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11280 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11282 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11283 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11284 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11286 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11287 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11289 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11290 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11292 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11294 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11296 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11297 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11299 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11300 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11301 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11302 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11303 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11305 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11307 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11308 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11309 Stops when a match is found.
11312 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11313 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11314 restricted to these files.
11316 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11318 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11320 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11321 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11322 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11325 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11326 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
11327 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
11329 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11330 produce the list of files to search.
11332 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11334 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11336 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11337 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11338 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11339 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11340 directory specification.
11342 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11344 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11345 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11347 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11349 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11351 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11352 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11353 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11354 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11356 \(fn)" t nil)
11358 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11359 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11360 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11361 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11364 \(fn)" t nil)
11366 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11369 \(fn)" nil nil)
11371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11373 ;;;***
11374 \f
11375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11376 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11379 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11382 \(fn)" nil nil)
11384 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11385 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11387 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11388 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11390 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11391 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11392 primary language.
11394 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11395 even if the buffer is read-only.
11397 See also the descriptions of the variables
11398 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11400 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11402 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11403 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11405 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11406 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11408 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11409 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11410 primary language.
11412 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11413 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11415 See also the descriptions of the variables
11416 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11418 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11420 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11422 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11425 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11427 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11428 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11429 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11430 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11432 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11433 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11434 primary language.
11436 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11437 buffer is read-only.
11439 See also the descriptions of the variables
11440 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11441 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11443 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11445 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11446 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11448 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11449 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11451 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11452 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11453 the primary language.
11455 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11456 buffer is read-only.
11458 See also the descriptions of the variables
11459 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11460 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11462 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11464 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11468 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11470 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11471 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11473 \(fn)" t nil)
11475 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11476 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11478 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11479 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11480 be 1, 2, or 3.
11482 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11483 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11484 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11486 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11488 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11490 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11491 This function is deprecated.
11493 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11495 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11496 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11498 \(fn)" t nil)
11500 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11501 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11503 \(fn)" t nil)
11505 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11506 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11509 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11511 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11512 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11514 \(fn)" nil nil)
11516 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11517 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11519 \(fn)" nil nil)
11521 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11522 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11524 \(fn)" nil nil)
11526 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11527 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11529 \(fn)" nil nil)
11531 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11532 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11533 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11537 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11540 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11544 ;;;***
11545 \f
11546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11549 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11550 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11551 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11552 server for future sessions.
11554 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11556 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11557 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11558 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11560 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11562 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11563 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11564 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11566 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11568 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11569 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11570 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11571 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11572 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11573 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11574 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11575 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11576 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11577 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11578 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11579 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11581 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11583 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11584 Display a form to query the directory server.
11585 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11586 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11588 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11590 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11591 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11592 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11594 \(fn)" t nil)
11596 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11600 ;;;***
11601 \f
11602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11603 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11606 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11611 Display URL and make it clickable.
11616 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11621 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11626 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11631 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11637 ;;;***
11638 \f
11639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11643 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11644 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11649 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11655 ;;;***
11656 \f
11657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11658 ;;;;;; 0))
11659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11662 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11668 ;;;***
11669 \f
11670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11675 ;;;***
11676 \f
11677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11682 ;;;***
11683 \f
11684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11696 ;;;***
11697 \f
11698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11702 Create an empty ewoc.
11704 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11706 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11707 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11708 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11709 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11710 `insert-before-markers'.
11712 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11713 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11714 respectively, of the ewoc.
11716 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11717 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11718 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11724 ;;;***
11725 \f
11726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11730 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11731 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11732 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11738 Fetch URL and render the page.
11739 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11740 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11746 Render FILE using EWW.
11751 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11752 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
11757 Mode for browsing the web.
11767 Display the bookmarks.
11773 ;;;***
11774 \f
11775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11776 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11780 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11786 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11788 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11789 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11794 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11795 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
11796 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11797 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11798 executable.
11803 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11804 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11805 file modes.
11809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11811 ;;;***
11812 \f
11813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11817 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11818 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11819 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11821 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11823 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11824 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11825 to generate such functions.
11827 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11828 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11829 beginning of the expanded text.
11831 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11832 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11833 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11834 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11836 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11841 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11842 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11847 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11848 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11853 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11854 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11862 ;;;***
11863 \f
11864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11865 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11869 ;;;***
11870 \f
11871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11875 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11876 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11884 Key definitions:
11887 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11889 `f90-do-indent'
11890 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11891 `f90-if-indent'
11892 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11893 `f90-type-indent'
11894 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11895 `f90-program-indent'
11896 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
11897 (default 2).
11898 `f90-associate-indent'
11899 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
11900 `f90-critical-indent'
11901 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
11902 `f90-continuation-indent'
11903 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
11904 `f90-comment-region'
11907 `f90-indented-comment-re'
11908 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
11910 `f90-directive-comment-re'
11913 `f90-break-delimiters'
11914 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11916 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11917 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11918 (default t).
11919 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11920 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11921 `f90-smart-end'
11922 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11923 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
11924 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
11925 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11926 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11927 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
11928 `f90-leave-line-no'
11929 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11931 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11932 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11938 ;;;***
11939 \f
11940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11941 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
11944 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
11945 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
11946 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
11948 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11949 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11950 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
11951 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
11952 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
11954 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
11955 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
11956 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
11957 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
11958 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
11959 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
11960 attributes.
11962 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
11963 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
11968 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
11969 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11970 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
11975 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
11976 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11977 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
11979 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11980 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11981 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
11983 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
11984 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
11985 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
11986 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
11991 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
11992 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
11994 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
11995 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
11996 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
11997 the same amount).
12002 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12003 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12005 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12006 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12007 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12008 will remove any scaling currently active.
12013 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12014 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12023 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12025 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12027 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12028 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12030 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12031 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12032 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12034 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12035 the face height as long as the input event read
12036 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12038 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12039 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12040 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12041 will remove any scaling currently active.
12043 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12044 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12045 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12046 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12047 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12052 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12053 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12054 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12055 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12056 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12061 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12062 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12063 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12064 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12065 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12066 `buffer-face-mode'.
12068 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12069 local, and sets it to FACE.
12074 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12075 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12076 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12077 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12078 `face' text property.
12080 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12081 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12082 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12083 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12085 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12086 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12091 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12092 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12093 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12099 ;;;***
12100 \f
12101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12106 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12107 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12108 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12113 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12118 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12119 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12120 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12125 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12126 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12127 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12128 backup file names and the like).
12133 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12134 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12135 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12136 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12137 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12138 internally by feedmail):
12140 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12141 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12142 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12143 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12145 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12146 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12147 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12148 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12149 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12155 ;;;***
12156 \f
12157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12158 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12161 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12162 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12163 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12165 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12166 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12171 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12172 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12173 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12174 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12175 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12176 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12183 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12184 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12185 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12186 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12187 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12192 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12193 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12194 Return value:
12195 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12196 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12197 * otherwise, nil
12202 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12203 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12208 Try to get a file name at point.
12209 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12214 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12220 ;;;***
12221 \f
12222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12223 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12226 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12227 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12228 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12233 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12234 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12235 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12236 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12237 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12242 Add FILE to the file cache.
12247 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12248 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12253 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12254 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12259 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12260 This function does not use any external programs.
12261 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12262 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12263 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12268 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12269 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12270 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12271 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12272 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12273 \(directories) is done.
12277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12279 ;;;***
12280 \f
12281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12285 Handle file system monitoring event.
12286 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12288 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12290 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12296 ;;;***
12297 \f
12298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12299 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12302 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12304 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12305 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12306 Local Variables list.
12308 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12309 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12310 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12315 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12320 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12322 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12323 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12324 the -*- line.
12326 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12327 then this function adds it.
12332 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12337 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12342 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12347 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12352 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12357 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12363 ;;;***
12364 \f
12365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12369 Filesets initialization.
12370 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12376 ;;;***
12377 \f
12378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12383 Initiate the building of a find command.
12384 For example:
12391 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12392 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12398 ;;;***
12399 \f
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12404 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12405 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12409 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12415 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12416 and run Dired on those files.
12417 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12418 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12422 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12427 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12428 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12433 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12445 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12446 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12447 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12448 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12449 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12450 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12456 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12457 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12459 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12466 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12467 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12469 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12470 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12472 Variables of interest include:
12474 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12475 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12476 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12478 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12479 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12480 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12482 - `ff-ignore-include'
12483 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12485 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12486 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12488 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12489 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12491 - `ff-special-constructs'
12492 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12493 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12494 extracting the filename from that construct.
12496 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12497 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12499 - `ff-search-directories'
12500 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12501 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12503 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12504 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12506 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12507 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12509 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12510 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12512 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12513 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12515 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12516 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12521 Visit the file you click on.
12526 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12532 ;;;***
12533 \f
12534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12535 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12539 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12540 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library). If the
12541 optional OTHER-WINDOW argument (i.e., the command argument) is
12542 specified, pop to a different window before displaying the
12543 buffer.
12548 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12549 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12550 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12552 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12553 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12554 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12555 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12560 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12562 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12563 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12564 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12565 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12567 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12568 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12569 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12571 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12572 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12573 in `load-path'.
12578 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12580 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12581 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12582 places point before the definition.
12583 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12585 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12586 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12587 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12592 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12594 See `find-function' for more details.
12599 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12601 See `find-function' for more details.
12606 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12608 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12609 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12610 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12612 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12613 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12618 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12620 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12621 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12622 places point before the definition.
12624 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12626 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12627 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12628 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12633 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12635 See `find-variable' for more details.
12640 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12642 See `find-variable' for more details.
12647 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12648 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12649 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12650 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12651 buffer nor display it.
12653 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12654 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12659 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12661 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12662 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12663 places point before the definition.
12665 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12667 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12668 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12669 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12674 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12675 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12680 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12681 See `find-function-on-key'.
12686 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12687 See `find-function-on-key'.
12692 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12697 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12702 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-")))
12708 ;;;***
12709 \f
12710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12711 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12714 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12719 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12724 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12730 ;;;***
12731 \f
12732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12737 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12742 Display FILE's commentary section.
12743 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12748 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12754 ;;;***
12755 \f
12756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12757 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12760 Toggle flow control handling.
12762 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12767 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12769 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12771 to get the effect of a C-q.
12775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
12777 ;;;***
12778 \f
12779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
12794 ;;;***
12795 \f
12796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12801 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12810 Turn flymake mode on.
12815 Turn flymake mode off.
12824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
12826 ;;;***
12827 \f
12828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
12829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
12832 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
12838 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
12839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
12840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12843 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
12844 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
12845 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
12847 Bindings:
12853 Hooks:
12854 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
12856 Remark:
12857 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
12858 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
12859 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
12861 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
12862 consider adding:
12864 in your init file.
12872 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
12877 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
12882 Turn Flyspell mode off.
12887 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
12892 Flyspell whole buffer.
12896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
12898 ;;;***
12899 \f
12900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
12901 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
12904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
12909 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
12912 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12917 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12922 Toggle Follow mode.
12923 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
12924 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12925 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12927 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
12928 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
12930 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
12931 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
12932 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
12934 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
12935 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
12936 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
12937 movement commands.
12939 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
12940 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
12941 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
12942 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
12943 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
12944 mileage may vary).
12946 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
12949 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
12951 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
12953 Keys specific to Follow mode:
12959 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
12960 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12962 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12963 the window will be visible after the scroll.
12965 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12966 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12968 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
12973 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
12974 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12976 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
12977 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
12979 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
12980 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
12982 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
12987 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
12989 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12990 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
12992 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12993 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12995 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13000 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13002 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13003 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13005 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13006 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13008 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13013 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13015 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13016 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13017 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13018 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13019 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13020 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13022 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13023 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13024 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13030 ;;;***
13031 \f
13032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13033 ;;;;;; 0))
13034 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13038 ;;;***
13039 \f
13040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13045 Toggle Footnote mode.
13046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13047 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13048 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13050 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13051 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13052 play around with the following keys:
13057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-" "Footnote-")))
13059 ;;;***
13060 \f
13061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13066 ;;;***
13067 \f
13068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13069 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13072 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13074 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13075 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13076 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13077 C-c < forms-first-record <
13078 C-c > forms-last-record >
13079 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13080 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13081 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13082 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13083 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13084 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13085 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13086 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13087 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13088 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13093 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13098 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13104 ;;;***
13105 \f
13106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13110 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13111 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13114 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13118 Key definitions:
13121 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13123 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13125 `fortran-do-indent'
13126 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13127 `fortran-if-indent'
13128 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13129 `fortran-structure-indent'
13130 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13131 (default 3)
13132 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13133 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13134 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13135 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13136 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13137 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13138 nil don't change the indentation
13139 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13140 value of either
13141 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13142 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13143 depending on the continuation format in use.
13144 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13145 indentation for a line of code.
13146 (default `fixed')
13147 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13148 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13150 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13151 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13152 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13153 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13154 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13155 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13156 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13157 column 5.
13158 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13160 statements (default nil).
13161 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13163 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13164 `fortran-continuation-string'
13165 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13167 `fortran-comment-region'
13170 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13171 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13172 as typed (default t).
13173 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13174 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13176 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13177 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13183 ;;;***
13184 \f
13185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13186 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13189 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13191 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13192 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13197 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13199 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13200 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13205 Compile fortune file.
13207 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13208 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13213 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13215 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13216 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13217 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13218 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13223 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13224 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13225 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13230 Display a fortune cookie.
13231 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13232 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13233 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13234 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13240 ;;;***
13241 \f
13242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13243 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13245 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13246 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13249 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13250 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13254 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13256 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13257 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13259 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13260 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13261 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13262 intend to modify existing values, do
13264 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13266 before changing anything.
13268 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13269 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13271 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13272 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13273 to restore the frame.
13275 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13276 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13277 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13279 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13280 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13281 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13282 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13283 FILTER A filter function.
13285 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13286 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13288 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13290 where
13292 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13293 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13294 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13295 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13296 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13297 before restoring it.
13298 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13300 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13301 It must return:
13302 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13303 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13304 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13306 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13310 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13311 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13312 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13313 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13314 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13315 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13320 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13325 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13326 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13327 If nil, check all live frames.
13332 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13333 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13334 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13335 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13336 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13337 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13338 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13339 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13340 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13341 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13346 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13348 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13349 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13350 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13351 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13352 and window-state is not restored.
13354 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13355 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13357 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13358 t All existing frames can be reused.
13359 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13360 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13361 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13362 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13364 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13365 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13366 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13367 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13368 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13369 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13370 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13371 be created from that parameter alist.
13373 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13374 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13375 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13376 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13377 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13378 - the live frame just restored,
13379 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13380 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13381 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13384 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13385 nil Keep all frames.
13386 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13387 - FRAME, a live frame.
13388 - ACTION, which can be one of
13389 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13390 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13391 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13392 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13393 Return value is ignored.
13395 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13396 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13397 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13398 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13399 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13401 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13403 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13406 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13407 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13412 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13413 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13418 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13420 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13422 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13428 ;;;***
13429 \f
13430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13431 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13435 ;;;***
13436 \f
13437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13438 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13443 ;;;***
13444 \f
13445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13446 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13450 ;;;***
13451 \f
13452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22431 53468
13453 ;;;;;; 724634 231000))
13454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13457 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13458 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13464 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13465 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13466 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13467 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13468 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13469 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13474 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13476 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13477 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13478 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13479 for your debugger.
13480 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13481 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13482 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13483 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13488 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13489 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13490 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13491 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13493 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13494 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13495 shown in some of the buffers.
13497 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13499 The following commands help control operation :
13501 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13502 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13504 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13505 detailed description of this mode.
13508 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13509 | GDB Toolbar |
13510 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13511 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13512 | | |
13513 | | |
13514 | | |
13515 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13516 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13517 | | (comint-mode) |
13518 | | |
13519 | | |
13520 | | |
13521 | | |
13522 | | |
13523 | | |
13524 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13525 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13526 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13527 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13528 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13529 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13535 ;;;***
13536 \f
13537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13538 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13539 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13543 ;;;***
13544 \f
13545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13549 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13550 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13554 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13556 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13557 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13558 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13559 documentation string instead.
13561 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13562 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13566 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13567 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13568 enders are actually possible.
13570 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13571 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13573 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13574 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13575 `font-lock-keywords'.
13577 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13578 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13579 runs the macro expansion.
13581 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13582 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13583 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13585 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13587 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13594 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13599 Enter generic mode MODE.
13601 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13603 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13605 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13606 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13611 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13612 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13613 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13614 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13615 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13616 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13617 `font-lock-keywords'.
13623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13625 ;;;***
13626 \f
13627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13628 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13630 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13632 ;;;***
13633 \f
13634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13638 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13640 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13641 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13642 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13648 ;;;***
13649 \f
13650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13651 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13654 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13655 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13660 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13662 Guideline for numbers:
13663 1 - error messages
13664 3 - non-serious error messages
13665 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13666 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13667 9 - messages inside loops.
13672 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13673 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13678 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13683 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13685 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13686 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13688 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13689 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13690 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13692 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13693 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13698 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
13704 ;;;***
13705 \f
13706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13707 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13713 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13718 Read network news.
13719 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13720 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13721 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13722 name of an NNTP server to use.
13723 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13724 server.
13729 Read news as a slave.
13734 Pop up a frame to read news.
13735 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13736 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13737 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13738 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13739 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13741 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13742 current display is used.
13747 Read network news.
13748 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13749 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13750 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13756 ;;;***
13757 \f
13758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13759 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13762 Start Gnus unplugged.
13767 Start Gnus plugged.
13772 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13777 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13779 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13780 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13781 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13783 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
13784 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
13785 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
13790 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
13795 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13796 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13797 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13798 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13799 supported.
13804 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
13805 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13806 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13807 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13808 supported.
13813 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
13818 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
13819 downloaded into the agent.
13824 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
13825 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
13826 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
13831 Start Gnus and fetch session.
13836 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
13841 Regenerate all agent covered files.
13842 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
13846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
13848 ;;;***
13849 \f
13850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
13851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
13854 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
13858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
13860 ;;;***
13861 \f
13862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
13863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
13865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
13867 ;;;***
13868 \f
13869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
13870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
13872 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
13874 ;;;***
13875 \f
13876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
13877 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
13878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
13881 Set a bookmark for this article.
13886 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
13891 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
13892 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
13893 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
13894 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
13898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
13900 ;;;***
13901 \f
13902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
13903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
13906 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
13908 Usage:
13909 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
13914 Generate the cache active file.
13919 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
13924 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13925 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13926 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
13927 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13928 supported.
13933 Delete GROUP from the cache.
13934 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13935 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
13936 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13937 supported.
13941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
13943 ;;;***
13944 \f
13945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
13946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
13948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
13950 ;;;***
13951 \f
13952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
13953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
13955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
13957 ;;;***
13958 \f
13959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13960 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
13962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
13964 ;;;***
13965 \f
13966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
13967 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
13970 Delay this article by some time.
13971 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
13973 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
13974 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
13976 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
13977 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
13979 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
13980 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
13985 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
13990 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
13991 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
13992 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
13994 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
13995 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
13999 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14001 ;;;***
14002 \f
14003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14008 ;;;***
14009 \f
14010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14011 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14025 ;;;***
14026 \f
14027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14031 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14037 ;;;***
14038 \f
14039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14043 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14049 ;;;***
14050 \f
14051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14056 ;;;***
14057 \f
14058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14063 ;;;***
14064 \f
14065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14069 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14076 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14078 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14083 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14088 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14090 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14091 different input formats.
14096 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14098 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14099 different input formats.
14104 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14105 The PNG is returned as a string.
14110 Convert FILE to a Face.
14111 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14112 726 bytes.
14117 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14119 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14124 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14128 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14130 ;;;***
14131 \f
14132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14133 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14137 Display gravatar in the From header.
14138 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14143 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14144 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14150 ;;;***
14151 \f
14152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14156 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14157 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14158 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14163 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14169 ;;;***
14170 \f
14171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14184 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14186 ;;;***
14187 \f
14188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14189 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14192 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14194 ;;;***
14195 \f
14196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14201 ;;;***
14202 \f
14203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14209 Run batched scoring.
14210 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14216 ;;;***
14217 \f
14218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14223 ;;;***
14224 \f
14225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14230 ;;;***
14231 \f
14232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14241 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14242 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14247 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14255 ;;;***
14256 \f
14257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14261 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14262 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14263 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14264 group parameters.
14266 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14267 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14268 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14269 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14271 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14272 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14273 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14274 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14275 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14276 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14277 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14278 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14279 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14280 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14285 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14286 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14287 nil CATCH-ALL).
14289 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14290 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14295 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14296 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14298 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14303 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14304 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14306 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14308 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14309 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14310 existing groups are considered.
14312 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14313 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14314 returned.
14316 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14317 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14318 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14319 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14320 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14321 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14322 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14323 clauses will be generated.
14325 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14326 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14327 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14328 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14329 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14330 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14332 For example, given the following group parameters:
14334 nnml:mail.bar:
14337 nnml:mail.foo:
14342 nnml:mail.others:
14343 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14357 ;;;***
14358 \f
14359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14363 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14364 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14365 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14366 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14367 instead.
14369 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14372 Mail to ADDRESS.
14377 Like `message-reply'.
14381 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14385 ;;;***
14386 \f
14387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14388 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14392 Send a notification on new message.
14393 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14394 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14395 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14397 This is typically a function to add in
14398 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14404 ;;;***
14405 \f
14406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14410 Display picons in the From header.
14411 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14416 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14417 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14422 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14423 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14429 ;;;***
14430 \f
14431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14435 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14436 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14437 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14442 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14443 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14444 LIST1 is modified.
14449 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14450 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14460 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14461 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14466 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14467 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14474 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14475 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14480 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14481 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14486 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14487 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14492 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14498 ;;;***
14499 \f
14500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14501 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14505 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14510 Install the registry hooks.
14514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14516 ;;;***
14517 \f
14518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14519 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14524 ;;;***
14525 \f
14526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14531 ;;;***
14532 \f
14533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14538 ;;;***
14539 \f
14540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14544 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14545 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14546 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14547 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14548 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14553 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14554 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14555 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14556 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14567 ;;;***
14568 \f
14569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14573 Update the format specification near point.
14577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14579 ;;;***
14580 \f
14581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14582 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14586 ;;;***
14587 \f
14588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14592 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14598 ;;;***
14599 \f
14600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14604 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14605 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14611 ;;;***
14612 \f
14613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14618 ;;;***
14619 \f
14620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14621 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14625 ;;;***
14626 \f
14627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14628 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14630 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14632 ;;;***
14633 \f
14634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14639 ;;;***
14640 \f
14641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14642 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14646 ;;;***
14647 \f
14648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14652 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14658 ;;;***
14659 \f
14660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14661 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14664 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14665 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14666 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14667 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14668 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14676 ;;;***
14677 \f
14678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14682 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14684 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14685 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14686 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14688 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14689 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14690 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14692 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14695 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14696 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14704 ;;;***
14705 \f
14706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14707 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14712 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14713 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14714 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14715 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14720 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14721 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14722 or to send e-mail.
14723 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14724 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14726 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14727 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14733 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14734 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14735 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14736 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14741 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14747 ;;;***
14748 \f
14749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14750 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14753 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14754 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14759 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14765 ;;;***
14766 \f
14767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14777 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14778 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14779 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14781 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14782 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14789 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14790 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14800 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
14804 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
14808 The default find program.
14809 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
14813 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
14814 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
14818 How to invoke find and grep.
14819 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
14820 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
14821 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
14822 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
14833 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
14834 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
14844 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
14849 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
14851 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
14854 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
14855 arguments.
14857 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
14858 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
14860 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
14861 can easily repeat a grep command.
14863 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
14864 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
14865 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
14866 list is empty).
14871 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
14872 Collect output in a buffer.
14874 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
14876 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
14877 easily repeat a find command.
14884 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
14885 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14886 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14887 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14890 before it is executed.
14893 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
14894 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14895 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
14902 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
14903 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14904 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14905 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14908 before it is executed.
14911 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
14912 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14913 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
14918 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
14919 to specify a command to run.
14924 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
14925 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
14926 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
14932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("rgrep-default-command" "grep-" "kill-grep")))
14934 ;;;***
14935 \f
14936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (0 0 0 0))
14937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
14940 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
14941 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
14942 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
14949 ;;;***
14950 \f
14951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
14952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
14954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("open-gssapi-stream" "gssapi-program")))
14956 ;;;***
14957 \f
14958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22431 53468 725634
14959 ;;;;;; 240000))
14960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
14963 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
14964 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
14965 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
14966 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
14967 for your debugger.
14968 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
14969 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
14970 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
14971 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
14976 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14977 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14978 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14983 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14984 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14985 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14990 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14991 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14992 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14994 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
14995 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
15000 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15001 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15002 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15007 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15008 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15009 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15014 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15015 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15016 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15021 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15024 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15026 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15027 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15028 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15029 original source file access method.
15031 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15032 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15037 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15042 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15043 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15044 for a description of this minor mode.
15045 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15046 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15052 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15053 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15054 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15055 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15061 ;;;***
15062 \f
15063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15067 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15068 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15069 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15070 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15071 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15072 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15073 set it to.
15074 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15079 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15080 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15081 of PLACE.
15082 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15083 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15084 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15085 and SETTER.
15086 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15087 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15094 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15095 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15096 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15097 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15108 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15110 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15113 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15114 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15115 well for simple place forms.
15116 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15117 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15118 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15119 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15120 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15121 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15129 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15130 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15131 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15132 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15134 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15135 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15136 (let ((temp VAL))
15137 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15138 temp)
15139 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15144 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15145 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15146 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15147 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15148 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15155 Return a reference to PLACE.
15156 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15157 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15159 binding mode.
15165 ;;;***
15166 \f
15167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15168 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15172 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15173 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15175 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15176 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15177 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15178 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15184 ;;;***
15185 \f
15186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15187 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15188 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15190 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15192 ;;;***
15193 \f
15194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15195 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15198 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15203 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15204 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15205 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15207 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15212 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15213 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15214 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15215 to be updated.
15219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15221 ;;;***
15222 \f
15223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15224 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15227 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15232 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15233 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15238 Verify a hashcash payment
15243 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15244 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15245 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15246 `mail-add-payment-async').
15251 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15252 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15253 Calculation is asynchronous.
15258 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15259 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15265 ;;;***
15266 \f
15267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15268 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15271 Return the help-echo string at point.
15272 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15273 property, or nil, is returned.
15274 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15275 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15276 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15281 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15282 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15283 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15284 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15289 Display local help in the echo area.
15290 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15291 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15292 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15293 printed instead.
15295 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15296 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15297 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15302 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15303 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15308 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15309 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15314 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15315 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15316 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15317 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15318 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15319 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15320 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15321 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15322 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15323 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15325 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15326 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15327 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15328 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15329 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15331 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15332 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15333 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15334 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15335 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15336 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15337 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15343 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15344 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15345 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15346 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15347 considered different regions.
15349 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15350 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15351 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15352 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15353 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15354 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15355 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15356 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15357 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15362 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15363 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15364 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15365 different regions.
15367 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15368 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15369 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15370 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15371 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15372 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15373 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15374 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15376 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15377 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15378 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15379 rarely happens in practice.
15384 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15385 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15386 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15387 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15388 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("scan-buf-move-hook" "help-at-pt-")))
15394 ;;;***
15395 \f
15396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15397 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15400 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15405 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15406 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15411 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15412 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15413 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15414 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15415 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15416 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15418 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15419 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15420 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15421 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15422 suitable file is found, return nil.
15432 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15433 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15434 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15439 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15440 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15441 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15442 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15443 it is displayed along with the global value.
15448 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15449 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15450 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15451 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15452 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15457 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15458 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15459 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15464 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15465 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15466 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15467 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15472 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15477 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15481 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("help-" "describe-")))
15483 ;;;***
15484 \f
15485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15486 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15489 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15490 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15491 window listing and describing the options.
15497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15499 ;;;***
15500 \f
15501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15502 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15505 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15506 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15507 Commands:
15513 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15518 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15525 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15526 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15527 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15530 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15532 restore it properly when going back.
15537 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15538 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15539 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15540 from `help-mode'.
15542 it does not already exist.
15547 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15549 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15550 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15551 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15552 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15553 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15554 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15555 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15556 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15558 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15559 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15560 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15561 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15563 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15564 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15565 that.
15570 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15571 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15572 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15573 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15574 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15579 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15580 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15581 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15582 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15587 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15594 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15595 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15596 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15600 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("help-" "describe-symbol-backends")))
15602 ;;;***
15603 \f
15604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15608 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15613 Provide help for current mode.
15617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
15619 ;;;***
15620 \f
15621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15622 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("encode-hex-string" "decode-hex-string")))
15626 ;;;***
15627 \f
15628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15629 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15633 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15634 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15635 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15637 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15638 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15641 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15642 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15643 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15645 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15646 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15647 periods.
15649 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15650 in hexl format.
15652 A sample format:
15654 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15655 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15656 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15657 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15658 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15659 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15660 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15661 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15662 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15663 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15664 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15665 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15666 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15667 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15668 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15670 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15671 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15672 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15674 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15675 also supported.
15677 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15679 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15680 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15681 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15684 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15685 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15688 into the buffer at the current point.
15691 into the buffer at the current point.
15694 into the buffer at the current point.
15698 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15699 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15708 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15709 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15710 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15715 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15716 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("hexl-" "dehexlify-buffer")))
15722 ;;;***
15723 \f
15724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15725 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15728 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15730 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15731 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15733 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15735 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15736 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15738 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15739 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15740 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15741 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15745 which can be called interactively, are:
15748 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15751 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15752 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15753 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15756 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15759 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15760 available face automatically.
15763 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15766 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15768 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15770 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15771 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15772 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15773 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15774 function returns t.
15777 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15779 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15780 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15781 form:
15782 Hi-lock: FOO
15784 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
15785 position (number of characters into buffer)
15786 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
15787 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
15788 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
15793 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
15794 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
15795 for a description of this minor mode.
15796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15803 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
15804 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
15805 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
15806 ARG is omitted or nil.
15808 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
15809 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
15810 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
15817 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
15818 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15819 Use the global history list for FACE.
15821 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15822 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15823 highlighting will not update as you type.
15830 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
15831 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15832 Use the global history list for FACE.
15834 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15835 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15836 highlighting will not update as you type.
15843 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
15844 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15845 Use the global history list for FACE.
15847 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
15848 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
15849 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
15851 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15852 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15853 highlighting will not update as you type.
15860 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
15861 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
15862 unless you use a prefix argument.
15863 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
15865 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
15866 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
15873 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
15874 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
15875 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
15877 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
15882 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
15884 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
15885 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
15886 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
15890 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
15892 ;;;***
15893 \f
15894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
15895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
15898 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
15899 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
15900 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15901 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15903 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
15904 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
15905 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
15906 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
15908 `hide-ifdef-env'
15909 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
15910 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
15911 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
15912 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
15913 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
15914 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
15915 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
15917 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
15918 An association list of defined symbol lists.
15919 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15920 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15921 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
15923 `hide-ifdef-lines'
15924 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
15925 #endif lines when hiding.
15927 `hide-ifdef-initially'
15928 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
15929 is activated.
15931 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
15932 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
15933 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
15939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("hif-" "hide-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "next-ifdef" "up-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "backward-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "intern-safe")))
15941 ;;;***
15942 \f
15943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
15946 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
15947 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
15948 Each element has the form
15949 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
15951 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
15952 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
15954 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
15955 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
15957 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
15958 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
15959 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
15960 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
15961 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
15962 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
15964 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
15965 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
15967 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
15968 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
15970 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
15971 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
15975 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
15976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
15977 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
15978 if ARG is omitted or nil.
15980 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
15981 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
15982 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
15984 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
15985 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
15986 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
15988 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
15989 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
15991 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
15993 Key bindings:
15999 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16005 ;;;***
16006 \f
16007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16008 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16011 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16012 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16013 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16014 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16016 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16017 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16019 this on and off.
16021 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16026 through various faces.
16028 buffer with the contents of a file
16034 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16036 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16037 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16039 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16040 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16041 in a distinctive face.
16043 The default value can be customized with variable
16044 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16046 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16051 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16052 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16057 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16062 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16067 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16069 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16070 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16071 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16072 shown in the last face in the list.
16074 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16075 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16076 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16083 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16085 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16087 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16088 to save the file.
16090 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16091 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16093 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16100 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16102 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16103 this function is called interactively.
16105 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16106 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16107 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16109 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16116 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16117 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16118 for a description of this minor mode.
16119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16120 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16126 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16127 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16128 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16129 ARG is omitted or nil.
16131 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16132 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16133 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16137 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("highlight-" "hilit-chg-" "global-highlight-changes")))
16139 ;;;***
16140 \f
16141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16142 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16145 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16146 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16147 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16153 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16154 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16155 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16156 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16157 expansions.
16158 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16160 undoes the expansion.
16165 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16166 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16167 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("hippie-expand-" "he-" "try-")))
16173 ;;;***
16174 \f
16175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16176 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16179 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16180 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16181 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16182 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16184 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16185 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16186 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16187 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16188 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16189 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16191 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16192 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16193 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16194 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16199 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16200 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16201 for a description of this minor mode.
16202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16203 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16209 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16210 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16211 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16212 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16214 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16215 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16216 windows.
16218 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16219 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16223 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("hl-line-" "global-hl-line-")))
16225 ;;;***
16226 \f
16227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16232 ;;;***
16233 \f
16234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16235 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16239 ;;;***
16240 \f
16241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16242 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16244 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16245 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16252 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16253 Oriental holidays.
16261 Local holidays.
16269 User defined holidays.
16276 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16277 Jewish holidays.
16284 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16285 Christian holidays.
16292 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16293 Islamic holidays.
16300 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16301 Bahá’à holidays.
16308 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16309 Sun-related holidays.
16319 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16320 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16321 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
16326 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16327 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16328 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16329 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16331 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16332 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16334 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16335 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16337 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16338 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16339 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16340 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16341 of a holiday list.
16343 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("holiday-" "calendar-")))
16351 ;;;***
16352 \f
16353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" (0 0 0 0))
16354 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
16357 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
16361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "html2text" '("html2text-")))
16363 ;;;***
16364 \f
16365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16366 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16370 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16371 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16372 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16373 as possible.
16375 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16376 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16377 fontified display.
16379 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
16382 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16383 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16384 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16389 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16390 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16392 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16398 ;;;***
16399 \f
16400 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16401 ;;;;;; (22425 56233 689951 413000))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "shell-command-" "size" "alphabetic" "major-mode" "mode" "print" "predicate" "content" "name" "derived-mode" "used-mode" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "revert" "replace-regexp" "view-and-eval" "eval")))
16406 ;;;***
16407 \f
16408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16412 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16414 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16415 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16416 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16418 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16419 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16420 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16421 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16422 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16423 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16425 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16426 title of the column.
16428 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16429 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16430 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16431 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16432 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16439 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16440 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16441 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16442 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16444 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16445 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16455 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16456 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16457 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16458 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16459 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16461 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16462 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16463 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16464 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16465 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16466 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16467 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16468 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16469 values are:
16470 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16471 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16472 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16473 buffer's modification flag.
16474 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16475 prompted before performing this operation.
16476 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16477 operation is complete, in the form:
16479 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16480 confirmation message, in the form:
16482 COMPLEX means this function is special; if COMPLEX is nil BODY
16483 evaluates once for each marked buffer, MBUF, with MBUF current
16484 and saving the point. If COMPLEX is non-nil, BODY evaluates
16485 without requiring MBUF current.
16486 BODY define the operation; they are forms to evaluate per each
16487 marked buffer. BODY is evaluated with `buf' bound to the
16488 buffer object.
16490 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16497 Define a filter named NAME.
16498 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16499 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16500 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16502 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16503 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16504 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16505 bound to the current value of the filter.
16513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16515 ;;;***
16516 \f
16517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16521 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16522 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16523 buffers which are visiting a file.
16528 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16529 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16530 buffers which are visiting a file.
16535 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16536 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16538 All arguments are optional.
16539 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16541 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16542 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16543 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16544 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16545 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16546 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16547 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16548 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16549 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16550 that value locally in this buffer.
16554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "process" "mark" "mod" "size" "name" "locked" "read-only")))
16556 ;;;***
16557 \f
16558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16559 ;;;;;; 0))
16560 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16564 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16565 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16566 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16571 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16572 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16573 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16574 ICAL-FILENAME.
16575 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16576 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16577 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16582 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16583 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16584 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16585 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16586 non-marking or not.
16591 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16593 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16594 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16595 DIARY-FILE.
16597 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16598 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16599 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16601 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16602 non-marking.
16604 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16605 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16606 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
16612 ;;;***
16613 \f
16614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16615 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16618 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16619 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16620 for a description of this minor mode.
16621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16622 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16628 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16629 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16630 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16631 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16633 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16634 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16635 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16636 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16638 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16641 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16642 completions:
16652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
16654 ;;;***
16655 \f
16656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16660 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16661 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16662 Tab indents for Icon code.
16663 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16664 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16666 Variables controlling indentation style:
16667 icon-tab-always-indent
16668 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16669 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16670 icon-auto-newline
16671 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16672 inserted in Icon code.
16673 icon-indent-level
16674 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16675 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16676 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16677 icon-continued-statement-offset
16678 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16679 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16680 icon-continued-brace-offset
16681 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16682 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16683 icon-brace-offset
16684 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16685 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16686 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16687 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16689 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16690 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("indent-icon-exp" "icon-" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "beginning-of-icon-defun" "mark-icon-function" "calculate-icon-indent")))
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16699 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
16704 ;;;***
16705 \f
16706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16707 ;;;;;; 0))
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16712 ;;;***
16713 \f
16714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16715 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16719 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16720 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16721 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16723 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16724 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16725 separate frames.
16727 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16728 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16730 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16731 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16732 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16740 ;;;***
16741 \f
16742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16743 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16748 ;;;***
16749 \f
16750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16755 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16757 The main features of this mode are
16759 1. Indentation and Formatting
16760 --------------------------
16761 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16762 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16765 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16766 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16767 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16769 Comments are indented as follows:
16771 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16772 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16773 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16775 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16778 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16779 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16781 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16782 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16784 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
16789 2. Routine Info
16790 ------------
16791 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
16792 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
16794 source file of a module. These commands know about system
16795 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
16796 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
16797 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
16798 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
16800 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
16802 3. Online IDL Help
16803 ---------------
16806 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
16807 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
16808 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
16810 4. Completion
16811 ----------
16813 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
16814 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
16815 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
16816 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
16817 upper case.
16819 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
16820 --------------------------------
16821 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
16836 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
16839 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
16840 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
16843 6. Automatic Case Conversion
16844 -------------------------
16845 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
16846 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
16848 7. Automatic END completion
16849 ------------------------
16850 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
16851 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
16853 8. Hooks
16854 -----
16855 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
16856 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
16858 9. Documentation and Customization
16859 -------------------------------
16860 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
16862 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
16863 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
16864 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
16865 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
16867 10.Keybindings
16868 -----------
16869 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
16871 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
16877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
16879 ;;;***
16880 \f
16881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
16885 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
16886 The following values are possible:
16887 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
16888 displaying...)
16889 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
16890 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
16891 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
16893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16899 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
16900 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16901 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
16902 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
16903 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
16904 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
16905 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
16906 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
16911 Switch to another buffer.
16912 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
16913 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16914 in another frame.
16916 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
16917 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
16918 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
16919 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
16922 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
16923 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
16930 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
16931 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
16932 in a separate window.
16946 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
16947 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16948 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16953 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
16954 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16955 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16960 Kill a buffer.
16961 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16962 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16967 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
16968 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16969 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16974 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
16975 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16976 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16981 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
16986 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
16987 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
16988 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16989 in another frame.
16991 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
16992 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
16993 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
16994 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
16995 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
16998 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
16999 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17006 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17007 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17008 in a separate window.
17031 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17032 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17033 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17038 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17039 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17040 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17045 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17046 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17047 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17052 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17053 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17054 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17059 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17060 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17061 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17066 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17067 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17068 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17073 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17074 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17075 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17080 Write current buffer to a file.
17081 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17082 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17087 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17088 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17089 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17094 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17095 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17096 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17101 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17102 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17103 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17104 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17105 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17110 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17111 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17112 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17117 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17118 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17119 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17124 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17125 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17126 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17127 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17128 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17129 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17130 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17131 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17132 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17133 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17134 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17135 with point positioned at the end.
17136 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17137 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17139 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17143 ;;;***
17144 \f
17145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17149 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17150 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17151 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("inferior-emacs-lisp-mode" "ielm-")))
17157 ;;;***
17158 \f
17159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17164 ;;;***
17165 \f
17166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17167 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17172 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17174 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17175 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17182 ;;;***
17183 \f
17184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17185 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17188 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17189 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17190 be determined.
17195 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17196 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17197 be determined.
17202 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17203 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17204 be determined.
17209 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17210 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17211 be determined.
17216 Determine and return image type.
17217 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17218 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17219 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17220 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17221 use its file extension as image type.
17222 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17227 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17228 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17233 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17234 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17236 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17237 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17238 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17239 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17240 must be available.
17245 Create an image.
17246 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17247 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17248 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17249 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17250 use its file extension as image type.
17251 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17252 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17253 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17254 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17256 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17258 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17260 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17265 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17266 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17267 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17268 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17269 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17270 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17271 POS may be an integer or marker.
17272 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17273 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17274 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17275 means display it in the right marginal area.
17280 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17281 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17282 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17283 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17284 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17285 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17286 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17287 means display it in the right marginal area.
17288 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17289 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17290 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17291 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17292 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17297 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17298 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17299 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17300 STRING is a single space.
17301 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17302 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17303 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17304 means display it in the right marginal area.
17305 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17310 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17311 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17312 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17317 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17319 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17321 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17322 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17323 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17324 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17325 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17326 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17327 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17328 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17329 satisfied.
17331 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17333 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17338 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17340 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17341 documentation string.
17343 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17344 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17345 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17346 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17347 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17348 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17349 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17350 define SYMBOL.
17352 Example:
17362 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17363 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17364 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17366 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17367 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17368 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17369 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17371 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17377 ;;;***
17378 \f
17379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17380 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17384 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17385 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17386 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17387 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17388 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17393 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17395 Convenience command that:
17397 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17398 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17399 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17401 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17402 image files in dired and type
17405 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17407 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17408 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17413 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17414 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17415 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17416 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17417 another one).
17419 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17420 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17421 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17423 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17424 instead of erasing it first.
17426 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17427 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17428 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17429 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17430 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17431 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17436 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17437 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17438 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17439 displayed.
17448 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17453 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17454 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17459 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17464 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17465 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17466 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17471 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17476 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17481 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17486 Display current image file.
17487 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17488 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17493 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17498 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17499 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17500 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17501 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17502 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17503 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17508 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17509 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17510 easy-to-use form.
17514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17516 ;;;***
17517 \f
17518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17519 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17521 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17522 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17523 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17524 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17526 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17527 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17528 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17534 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17535 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17536 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17538 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17539 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17540 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17546 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17551 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17552 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17553 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17558 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17559 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17560 for a description of this minor mode.
17561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17562 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17568 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17569 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17570 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17571 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17573 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17574 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17575 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
17581 ;;;***
17582 \f
17583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17584 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17587 Major mode for image files.
17588 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17589 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17591 Key bindings:
17597 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17599 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17600 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17603 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17604 actual image.
17609 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17610 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17611 displays an image file as text.
17620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
17622 ;;;***
17623 \f
17624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17625 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17629 ;;;***
17630 \f
17631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17632 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17635 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17637 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17639 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17640 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17641 in the buffer.
17643 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17645 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17646 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17652 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17653 Each element of this list should have the form
17655 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17657 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17658 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17659 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17660 matches are put).
17661 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17662 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17663 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17664 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17665 another element.
17666 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17667 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17668 the menu item.
17669 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17670 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17671 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17672 the ARGUMENTS.
17674 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17675 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17676 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17678 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17679 create a buffer index.
17681 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17682 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
17690 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17692 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17693 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17694 called within a `save-excursion'.
17701 Function for finding the next index position.
17703 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17704 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17705 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17706 file.
17708 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17714 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17716 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17717 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17723 Function to compare string with index item.
17725 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17726 non-nil if they match.
17728 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17729 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17736 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17747 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17748 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17749 See the command `imenu' for more information.
17756 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
17761 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
17762 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
17763 for more information.
17767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
17769 ;;;***
17770 \f
17771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
17772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
17775 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
17795 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
17799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
17801 ;;;***
17802 \f
17803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
17804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
17807 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
17808 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
17809 to that buffer.
17810 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
17811 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
17812 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
17819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
17821 ;;;***
17822 \f
17823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
17824 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
17826 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
17827 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
17828 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
17829 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
17830 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
17831 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
17832 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
17833 first in this list.
17835 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
17836 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17837 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
17838 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
17839 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
17841 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
17842 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
17843 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
17846 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
17852 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
17853 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
17854 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
17855 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
17857 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
17858 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
17859 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
17860 with the top-level Info directory.
17862 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
17863 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
17867 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17868 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
17869 in all the directories in that path.
17871 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
17876 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
17886 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
17887 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
17893 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
17894 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
17895 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
17900 Go to the Info directory node.
17905 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
17906 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
17907 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
17909 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
17914 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
17915 Build a menu of the possible matches.
17920 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
17921 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
17922 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
17923 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
17928 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
17930 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
17931 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
17936 Selecting other nodes:
17938 Follow a node reference you click on.
17939 This works with menu items, cross references, and
17941 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
17946 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
17956 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
17960 Moving within a node:
17962 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
17963 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
17964 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
17965 move up to the parent node.
17967 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
17968 if there is none.
17971 Advanced commands:
17973 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
17974 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
17975 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
17977 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
17981 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
17982 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
17983 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
17987 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
17993 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
17994 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
17995 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
17996 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
17997 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
18003 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18004 KEY is a string.
18005 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18006 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18007 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18008 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18013 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18014 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18019 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18020 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18025 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18026 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18027 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18028 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18029 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("info-" "Info-")))
18035 ;;;***
18036 \f
18037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18038 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18041 Throw away all cached data.
18042 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18043 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18044 system.
18050 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18051 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18052 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18053 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18054 one found at point.
18056 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18062 Display the documentation of a file.
18063 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18064 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18065 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18066 The default file name is the one found at point.
18068 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18073 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18078 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18084 ;;;***
18085 \f
18086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18087 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18091 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18092 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18093 current info file is the default.
18095 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18096 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18097 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18098 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18099 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18101 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18102 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18103 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18104 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18105 mistake in the reference.
18107 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18108 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18109 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18112 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18113 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18114 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18119 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18120 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18121 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18122 checked.
18126 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18127 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18128 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18129 should be harmless.
18134 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18135 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18136 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18138 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18139 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18140 and can take a long time.
18145 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18146 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18148 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18150 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18151 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18153 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18155 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18156 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18157 all builtins).
18159 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18160 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18161 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18162 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18163 the sources handy.
18167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18169 ;;;***
18170 \f
18171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18175 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18185 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18186 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18187 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18189 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18190 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18191 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18193 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18194 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18195 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18196 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18201 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18202 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18207 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18208 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18209 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18216 ;;;***
18217 \f
18218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18232 ;;;***
18233 \f
18234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18239 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18240 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18244 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18246 ;;;***
18247 \f
18248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18249 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18253 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18258 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18269 ;;;***
18270 \f
18271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18272 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18276 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18277 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18278 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18279 accessed via isearchb.
18283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18285 ;;;***
18286 \f
18287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18288 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18289 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18293 ;;;***
18294 \f
18295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18296 ;;;;;; 0))
18297 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18300 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18301 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18302 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18303 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18308 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18309 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18310 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18311 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18316 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18317 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18318 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18319 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18324 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18325 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18326 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18327 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18332 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18333 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18334 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18335 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18340 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18341 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18342 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18343 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18348 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18349 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18350 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18351 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18356 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18358 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18363 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18365 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18370 Warn that format is read-only.
18375 Warn that format is write-only.
18380 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18386 ;;;***
18387 \f
18388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18389 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18390 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18396 ;;;***
18397 \f
18398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18399 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18404 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18417 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
18418 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
18423 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18425 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18427 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18429 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18430 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18431 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18432 Valid forms include:
18433 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18434 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18435 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18438 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
18439 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18440 First list is used raw.
18443 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18446 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
18447 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18448 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18449 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18455 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18456 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18457 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18459 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18460 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18461 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18462 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18463 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18465 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18466 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18468 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18469 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18471 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18472 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18477 Return values:
18478 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18479 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18482 quit spell session exited.
18487 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18488 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18493 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18495 Selections are:
18497 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18498 SPC: Accept word this time.
18499 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18500 `a': Accept word for this session.
18501 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18502 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18503 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18504 `?': Show these commands.
18505 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18506 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18507 the aborted check to be completed later.
18508 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18509 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18510 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18511 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18512 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18513 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18514 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18519 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18520 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18521 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18526 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18530 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18535 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18536 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18537 amount for last line processed.
18542 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18547 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18552 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18553 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18558 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18563 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18564 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18565 sequence inside of a word.
18567 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18572 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18577 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18578 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18579 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18581 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18582 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18583 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18584 available on the net.
18589 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18591 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18592 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18594 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18595 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18596 spelled.
18598 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18600 SPC.
18603 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18608 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18609 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18610 Don't check included messages.
18612 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18613 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18614 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18616 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18617 in your init file:
18623 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18624 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("ispell-" "check-ispell-version")))
18631 ;;;***
18632 \f
18633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18634 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("skkdic-" "batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename")))
18639 ;;;***
18640 \f
18641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18642 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18643 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18647 ;;;***
18648 \f
18649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18650 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18651 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18659 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18660 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18661 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18662 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18663 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18664 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18665 necessary to represent OBJ.
18670 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18671 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18672 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18677 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18678 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18679 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18680 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18685 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18686 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18687 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18692 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18693 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18694 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18699 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18704 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18705 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18706 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18707 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18712 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18713 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18714 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18715 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18720 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18721 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
18727 ;;;***
18728 \f
18729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18730 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18733 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18734 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18743 Uninstall jka-compr.
18744 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18745 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18746 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("jka-compr-" "compression-error")))
18752 ;;;***
18753 \f
18754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18759 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
18764 Major mode for editing JSX.
18766 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
18767 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
18768 locally, like so:
18770 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
18771 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
18777 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
18779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
18781 ;;;***
18782 \f
18783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
18784 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
18789 ;;;***
18790 \f
18791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
18792 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
18794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
18796 ;;;***
18797 \f
18798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
18799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
18802 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18803 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18809 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
18810 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18816 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18817 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18823 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18824 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18830 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
18831 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
18832 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
18833 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
18834 keys are bound.
18836 Setup Binding
18837 -------------------------------------------------------------
18838 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
18839 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
18840 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
18841 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
18842 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
18843 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
18844 in the global and local keymaps.
18846 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
18847 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
18851 ;;;***
18852 \f
18853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
18854 ;;;;;; 0))
18855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
18858 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
18859 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
18861 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
18862 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
18863 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
18864 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
18865 shorter.
18867 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
18868 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
18869 the context of text formatting.
18873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
18875 ;;;***
18876 \f
18877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
18878 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
18881 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
18882 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
18883 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
18884 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
18888 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
18889 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
18890 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18891 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
18892 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
18893 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
18899 ;;;***
18900 \f
18901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
18902 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
18907 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
18908 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
18909 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
18911 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
18912 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
18913 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
18915 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
18917 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
18918 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18919 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18923 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
18926 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
18927 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
18929 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
18930 defining the macro.
18933 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
18939 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18941 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
18942 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
18946 under that name.
18948 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
18949 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
18950 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
18952 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18954 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18956 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
18957 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
18959 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
18960 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
18961 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
18962 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
18964 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
18967 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
18969 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
18970 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18971 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18973 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
18974 macro.
18977 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
18979 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
18981 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
18986 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18988 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18989 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
18990 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18993 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
18995 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18996 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
18997 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18998 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
19000 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
19003 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19005 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19006 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19007 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19009 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19013 ;;;***
19014 \f
19015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19016 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19019 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19020 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19023 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19026 \(fn)" nil nil)
19028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "korean-key-bindings" "isearch-" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19030 ;;;***
19031 \f
19032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19033 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19035 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19038 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19040 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19041 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19042 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19043 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19044 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19045 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19047 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19048 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19050 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19052 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19053 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19055 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19057 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19060 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19062 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19065 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19069 ;;;***
19070 \f
19071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19072 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19073 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19075 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19078 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19080 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19082 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19083 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19084 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19086 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19088 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19089 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19090 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19092 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19094 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19097 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19099 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19103 ;;;***
19104 \f
19105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19106 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19107 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19109 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19110 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19111 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19112 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19113 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19114 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19115 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19116 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19118 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19119 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19121 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19124 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19126 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19127 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19128 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19129 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19130 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19131 `latin1-display-setup'.
19133 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19135 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19136 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19137 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19138 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19143 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19147 ;;;***
19148 \f
19149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19150 ;;;;;; 0))
19151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19153 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19154 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19156 \(fn)" t nil)
19158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19160 ;;;***
19161 \f
19162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19167 ;;;***
19168 \f
19169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19170 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19173 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19175 ;;;***
19176 \f
19177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19178 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19180 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
19182 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19183 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19184 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19185 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19187 For instance, the following code
19189 (let-alist alist
19190 (if (and .title .body)
19191 .body
19192 .site
19193 .site.contents))
19195 essentially expands to
19201 (if (and .title .body)
19202 .body
19203 .site
19204 .site.contents))
19206 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19207 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19208 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19209 displayed in the example above.
19211 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19213 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19217 ;;;***
19218 \f
19219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19222 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19223 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19224 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19225 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19226 generations (this defaults to 1).
19228 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19232 ;;;***
19233 \f
19234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19236 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19238 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19239 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19240 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19241 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19242 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19244 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19248 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19249 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19250 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19251 for a description of this minor mode.
19252 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19253 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19254 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19256 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19258 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19259 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19260 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19261 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19262 ARG is omitted or nil.
19264 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19265 `linum-on' would do it.
19266 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19272 ;;;***
19273 \f
19274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19275 ;;;;;; 0))
19276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19280 ;;;***
19281 \f
19282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19283 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19285 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19286 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19287 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19288 is nil, raise an error.
19290 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19291 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19292 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19293 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19294 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19295 defined by the library.
19297 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19298 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19299 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19300 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19301 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19302 proceeds.
19304 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19305 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19306 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19307 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19309 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("unload-" "loadhist-hook-functions" "read-feature" "feature-" "file-")))
19313 ;;;***
19314 \f
19315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19318 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19319 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19322 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19324 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19325 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19326 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19327 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19329 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19330 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19331 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19332 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19333 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19334 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19335 the version.)
19337 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19338 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19340 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19341 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19343 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19344 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19346 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19348 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19349 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19350 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19351 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19352 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19353 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19354 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19355 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19356 to constrain a big search.
19358 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19360 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19361 except that FILTER is not optional.
19363 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19367 ;;;***
19368 \f
19369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19372 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19373 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19374 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19376 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19377 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19378 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19381 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19383 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19384 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19385 associated values:
19386 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19387 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19388 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19389 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19390 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19392 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19393 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19394 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19396 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19400 ;;;***
19401 \f
19402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19403 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19405 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19406 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19408 \(fn)" t nil)
19410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19412 ;;;***
19413 \f
19414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19415 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19417 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19418 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19420 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19423 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19424 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19425 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19427 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19428 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19430 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19435 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19438 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19440 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19441 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19442 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19443 switch on this list.
19444 See `lpr-command'.")
19446 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19448 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19449 Name of program for printing a file.
19451 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19452 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19453 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19454 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19455 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19456 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19457 argument.")
19459 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19461 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19462 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19463 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19464 for customization of the printer command.
19466 \(fn)" t nil)
19468 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19469 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19471 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19472 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19473 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19474 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19476 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19477 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19479 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19480 for further customization of the printer command.
19482 \(fn)" t nil)
19484 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19485 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19486 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19487 for customization of the printer command.
19489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19491 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19492 Paginate and print the region contents.
19494 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19495 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19496 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19497 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19499 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19500 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19502 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19503 for further customization of the printer command.
19505 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
19509 ;;;***
19510 \f
19511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19512 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19514 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19515 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19516 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19518 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
19522 ;;;***
19523 \f
19524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19525 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19527 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19528 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19529 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19530 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("lunar-" "diary-lunar-phases" "calendar-lunar-phases")))
19536 ;;;***
19537 \f
19538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19541 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19542 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19544 \(fn)" t nil)
19546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
19548 ;;;***
19549 \f
19550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19553 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19554 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
19555 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
19556 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
19559 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
19561 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19562 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19563 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19564 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19565 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19567 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19568 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19569 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19570 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19571 bindings.
19573 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19574 use this command, and then save the file.
19576 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19578 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19579 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19580 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19581 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19582 each time the macro executes.
19583 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19591 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19593 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19594 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19595 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19596 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19598 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19599 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19600 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19601 execute.
19603 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19604 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19606 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19607 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19608 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19609 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19612 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19613 looked like this:
19619 You could enter the names in this format:
19621 foo
19622 bar
19623 baz
19625 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19631 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19634 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19635 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19637 ;;;***
19638 \f
19639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19640 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19642 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19643 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19644 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19645 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19646 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19647 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19649 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19650 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19651 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19652 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19653 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19655 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19656 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19657 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19658 consing a string.)
19660 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19662 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19663 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19665 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19669 ;;;***
19670 \f
19671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19674 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19675 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19677 \(fn)" nil nil)
19679 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19682 \(fn)" nil nil)
19684 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19685 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19687 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19689 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19690 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19691 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19692 message.
19694 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19696 \(fn)" nil nil)
19698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19700 ;;;***
19701 \f
19702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19707 ;;;***
19708 \f
19709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19710 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
19714 ;;;***
19715 \f
19716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19717 ;;;;;; 0))
19718 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
19722 ;;;***
19723 \f
19724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
19727 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
19728 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
19729 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
19730 often correct parser.")
19732 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
19734 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
19735 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
19736 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
19737 a value which excludes your own email address.
19739 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
19740 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
19742 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
19744 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
19745 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
19747 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
19749 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19751 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
19752 we return it unconverted.
19754 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19755 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19757 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19759 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19761 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19762 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19764 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
19766 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19768 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19769 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19771 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19773 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19775 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19776 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19777 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
19778 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
19779 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
19780 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
19781 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
19782 as Rmail does.
19784 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
19786 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
19787 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
19788 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
19789 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
19790 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
19791 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
19792 matches may be returned from the message body.
19794 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
19796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
19798 ;;;***
19799 \f
19800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
19801 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
19803 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
19804 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
19805 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
19806 for a description of this minor mode.
19807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19808 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19809 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
19811 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
19813 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
19814 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
19815 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
19816 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
19817 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
19819 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
19820 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
19821 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
19822 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19826 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
19827 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
19829 \(fn)" nil nil)
19831 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
19832 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
19833 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19835 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
19837 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
19838 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
19839 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
19841 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
19842 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
19843 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
19844 double-quotes.
19846 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("merge-mail-abbrevs" "mail-" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
19850 ;;;***
19851 \f
19852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
19853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
19855 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
19857 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
19858 king@grassland.com
19859 If `parens', they look like:
19860 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19861 If `angles', they look like:
19862 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
19864 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
19866 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
19867 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
19868 If interactive, expand in header fields.
19869 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
19870 their `Resent-' variants.
19872 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
19873 removed from alias expansions.
19875 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
19877 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
19878 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
19879 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
19881 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
19882 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
19883 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
19884 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
19886 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19888 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
19889 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
19890 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
19892 \(fn)" nil nil)
19894 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
19895 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
19896 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
19897 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
19899 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19901 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
19903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("mail-" "build-mail-aliases")))
19905 ;;;***
19906 \f
19907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19908 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
19910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
19912 ;;;***
19913 \f
19914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
19915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
19917 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
19918 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
19919 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
19920 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
19922 \(fn)" nil nil)
19924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
19926 ;;;***
19927 \f
19928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
19929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
19931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
19933 ;;;***
19934 \f
19935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
19936 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
19938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
19940 ;;;***
19941 \f
19942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
19943 ;;;;;; 0))
19944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
19946 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
19947 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
19949 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
19950 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
19951 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
19952 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
19953 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
19954 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
19956 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
19957 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
19958 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
19959 dependency, despite the colon.
19963 In the browser, use the following keys:
19967 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
19969 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
19970 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
19972 `makefile-target-colon':
19973 The string that gets appended to all target names
19974 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
19977 `makefile-macro-assign':
19978 The string that gets appended to all macro names
19979 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
19981 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
19982 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
19985 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
19986 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
19987 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
19989 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
19990 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
19992 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
19993 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
19994 up or down in the browser.
19996 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
19997 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
19999 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
20000 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20002 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20003 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20004 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20005 has been selected in the browser.
20007 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20008 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20009 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20010 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20011 filenames are omitted.
20013 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20014 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20015 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20016 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20017 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20018 the backslash itself intact.
20019 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20022 `makefile-browser-hook':
20023 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20024 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20026 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20027 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20028 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20029 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20031 \(fn)" t nil)
20033 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20034 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20036 \(fn)" t nil)
20038 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20039 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20041 \(fn)" t nil)
20043 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20044 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20046 \(fn)" t nil)
20048 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20049 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20051 \(fn)" t nil)
20053 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20054 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20056 \(fn)" t nil)
20058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20060 ;;;***
20061 \f
20062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20067 ;;;***
20068 \f
20069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20070 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20072 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20073 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20074 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20076 \(fn)" t nil)
20078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20080 ;;;***
20081 \f
20082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20083 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20085 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20087 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20088 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20089 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20090 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20091 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20092 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20093 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20094 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20095 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20096 without running the man command.
20098 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20102 cat(1)
20103 1 cat
20105 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20107 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20108 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20110 -a chmod
20112 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20113 otherwise look like a page name.
20115 /my/file/name.1.gz
20116 -l somefile.1
20119 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20122 -k pattern
20124 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20126 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20127 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20129 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20131 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20132 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20134 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20138 ;;;***
20139 \f
20140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20145 ;;;***
20146 \f
20147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20149 (push (purecopy '(map 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20153 ;;;***
20154 \f
20155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20156 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20157 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20159 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20160 Toggle Master mode.
20161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20162 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20163 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20165 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20166 using the following commands:
20170 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20171 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20172 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20178 ;;;***
20179 \f
20180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20183 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20184 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20185 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20186 for a description of this minor mode.
20187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20189 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20191 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20193 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20194 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20196 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20197 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20199 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20200 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20201 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20202 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20208 ;;;***
20209 \f
20210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20212 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20216 ;;;***
20217 \f
20218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20221 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20223 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20224 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20226 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20227 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20228 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20229 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20230 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20231 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20232 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20233 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20235 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20236 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20237 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20238 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20240 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20241 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20242 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20243 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20244 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20245 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20246 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20247 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20248 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20249 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20250 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20251 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20252 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20253 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20254 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20255 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20256 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20257 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20258 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20259 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20260 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20262 \(fn)" t nil)
20264 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20265 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20266 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20267 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20268 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20270 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20272 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20273 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20275 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20277 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20278 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20280 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20282 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20285 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20287 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20288 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20289 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20291 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20293 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20294 Cancel an article you posted.
20295 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20299 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20300 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20301 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20302 header line with the old Message-ID.
20304 \(fn)" t nil)
20306 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20307 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20309 \(fn)" t nil)
20311 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20312 Forward the current message via mail.
20313 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20314 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20316 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20318 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20321 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20323 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20326 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20328 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20329 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20331 \(fn)" t nil)
20333 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20334 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20336 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20338 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20339 Re-mail the current message.
20340 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20341 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20342 you.
20344 \(fn)" t nil)
20346 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20347 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20349 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20351 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20352 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20354 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20356 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20357 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20359 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20361 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20362 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20364 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20366 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20367 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20368 Works by overstriking characters.
20369 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20370 which specify the range to operate on.
20372 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20374 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20375 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20376 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20377 which specify the range to operate on.
20379 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20383 ;;;***
20384 \f
20385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20386 ;;;;;; 0))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20388 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20390 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20391 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20393 \(fn)" t nil)
20395 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20396 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20398 \(fn)" t nil)
20400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("meta" "font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next")))
20402 ;;;***
20403 \f
20404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20407 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20408 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20409 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20411 \(fn)" t nil)
20413 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20414 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20415 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20416 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20417 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20418 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20419 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20421 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20423 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20424 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20425 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20426 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20427 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20428 means current).
20429 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20430 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20432 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20434 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20435 Process current region through `metamail'.
20436 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20437 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20438 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20439 means current).
20440 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20441 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20443 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20447 ;;;***
20448 \f
20449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating" "def")))
20454 ;;;***
20455 \f
20456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20461 ;;;***
20462 \f
20463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20468 ;;;***
20469 \f
20470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20471 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20473 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20474 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20475 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20477 \(fn)" t nil)
20479 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20480 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20481 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20483 \(fn)" t nil)
20485 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20486 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20488 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20489 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20492 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20493 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20495 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20496 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20498 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20500 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20502 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20503 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20504 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20505 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20506 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20507 as `compose-mail'.
20509 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20510 initial Subject field, respectively.
20512 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20513 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20514 are strings.
20516 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20517 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20519 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20521 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20522 Save draft and send message.
20524 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20525 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20529 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20530 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20531 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20533 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20534 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20535 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20536 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20537 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20538 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20541 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20543 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20544 message and scan line.
20546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20548 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20549 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20551 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20552 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20554 delete the draft message.
20556 \(fn)" t nil)
20558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20560 ;;;***
20561 \f
20562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20567 ;;;***
20568 \f
20569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20571 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20573 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20575 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20577 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20579 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20580 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20582 \(fn)" t nil)
20584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("mh-" "def")))
20586 ;;;***
20587 \f
20588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20589 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20591 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20592 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20593 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20595 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20596 the MH mail system.
20598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20600 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20601 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20602 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20604 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20605 the MH mail system.
20607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20609 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20612 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20613 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20614 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20615 separate command.
20617 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20619 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20620 format.
20622 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20624 Ranges
20625 ======
20626 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20627 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20628 can be used in several ways.
20631 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20632 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20633 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20634 page):
20636 <num1>-<num2>
20637 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20638 The range must be nonempty.
20640 <num>:N
20641 <num>:+N
20642 <num>:-N
20643 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20644 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20645 last.
20647 first:N
20648 prev:N
20649 next:N
20650 last:N
20651 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20653 all
20654 All of the messages.
20656 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20657 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20659 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20660 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20661 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20665 \(fn)" t nil)
20667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20669 ;;;***
20670 \f
20671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20676 ;;;***
20677 \f
20678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20679 ;;;;;; 0))
20680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
20684 ;;;***
20685 \f
20686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
20691 ;;;***
20692 \f
20693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20698 ;;;***
20699 \f
20700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20701 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20705 ;;;***
20706 \f
20707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20708 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20712 ;;;***
20713 \f
20714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20719 ;;;***
20720 \f
20721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20722 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
20726 ;;;***
20727 \f
20728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
20729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
20731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
20733 ;;;***
20734 \f
20735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
20738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
20740 ;;;***
20741 \f
20742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
20743 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
20745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
20747 ;;;***
20748 \f
20749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
20752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
20754 ;;;***
20755 \f
20756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
20757 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
20759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
20761 ;;;***
20762 \f
20763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
20764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
20766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
20768 ;;;***
20769 \f
20770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
20771 ;;;;;; 0))
20772 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
20774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
20776 ;;;***
20777 \f
20778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
20781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
20783 ;;;***
20784 \f
20785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
20786 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
20788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
20790 ;;;***
20791 \f
20792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
20793 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
20795 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
20796 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
20797 See the `midnight-mode' command
20798 for a description of this minor mode.
20799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20800 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20801 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
20803 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
20805 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
20806 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
20808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20810 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
20811 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
20812 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
20813 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
20814 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
20815 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
20816 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
20817 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
20818 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
20819 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
20822 \(fn)" t nil)
20824 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
20825 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
20826 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
20827 to its second argument TM.
20829 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
20831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("midnight-" "clean-buffer-list-")))
20833 ;;;***
20834 \f
20835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
20836 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
20838 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
20839 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
20840 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
20841 for a description of this minor mode.
20842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20844 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
20846 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
20848 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
20849 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
20850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
20851 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20852 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20854 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
20855 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
20856 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
20857 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
20858 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
20859 is modified to remove the default indication.
20861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
20865 ;;;***
20866 \f
20867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20868 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
20870 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
20871 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
20872 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
20873 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
20874 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
20875 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
20876 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
20877 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
20878 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
20880 \(fn)" t nil)
20882 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
20883 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
20884 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
20885 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
20886 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
20887 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
20889 The return value is always nil.
20891 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
20893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--" "backward-to-word" "forward-to-word" "upcase-char" "mark-" "zap-up-to-char" "copy-from-above-command")))
20895 ;;;***
20896 \f
20897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
20898 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
20899 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
20901 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
20902 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
20904 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
20905 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
20906 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
20907 next occurrence.
20909 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
20910 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
20911 end of the search space).
20913 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
20914 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
20915 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
20916 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
20917 should return the previous buffer to search.
20919 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
20920 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
20921 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
20923 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
20924 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
20925 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
20926 Isearch starts.")
20928 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
20929 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
20930 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
20932 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
20933 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
20934 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
20936 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
20937 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
20939 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
20940 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
20941 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
20943 \(fn)" nil nil)
20945 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
20946 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20947 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20948 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20949 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20950 whose names match the specified regexp.
20952 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20954 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
20955 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20956 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20957 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20958 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20959 whose names match the specified regexp.
20961 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20963 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
20964 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
20965 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20966 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20967 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20968 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20969 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20971 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20973 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
20974 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
20975 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20976 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20977 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20978 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20979 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20981 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("multi-isearch-" "misearch-unload-function")))
20985 ;;;***
20986 \f
20987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
20988 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20989 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
20990 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20992 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
20993 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
20995 \(fn)" t nil)
20997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
20999 ;;;***
21000 \f
21001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21006 ;;;***
21007 \f
21008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21013 ;;;***
21014 \f
21015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21020 ;;;***
21021 \f
21022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21025 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21026 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21028 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21032 ;;;***
21033 \f
21034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21037 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21038 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21040 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21042 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21043 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21044 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21045 the entire message.
21046 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21048 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21052 ;;;***
21053 \f
21054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21057 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21058 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21059 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21060 the entire message.
21061 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21063 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21067 ;;;***
21068 \f
21069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21072 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21073 Insert file contents of URL.
21074 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21076 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21078 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21079 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21081 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21085 ;;;***
21086 \f
21087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21092 ;;;***
21093 \f
21094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21097 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21098 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21099 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21100 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21101 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21103 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21105 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21106 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21107 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21109 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21113 ;;;***
21114 \f
21115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21120 ;;;***
21121 \f
21122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21125 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21126 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21128 \(fn)" nil nil)
21130 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21131 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21132 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21136 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21138 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21139 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21143 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21147 ;;;***
21148 \f
21149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21154 ;;;***
21155 \f
21156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21161 ;;;***
21162 \f
21163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21166 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21169 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21171 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21174 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21178 ;;;***
21179 \f
21180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21183 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21186 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21188 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21191 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21193 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21196 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21198 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21201 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21203 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21206 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21208 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21211 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21213 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21216 \(fn)" nil nil)
21218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21220 ;;;***
21221 \f
21222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21223 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21225 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21227 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "xref-mode-local-" "overload-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "set" "with-mode-local" "activate-mode-local-bindings" "new-mode-local-bindings" "get-mode-local-parent")))
21229 ;;;***
21230 \f
21231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21232 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21234 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21236 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21237 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21238 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21239 followed by the first character of the construct.
21256 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21257 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21258 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m3-font-lock-keywords" "m2-")))
21264 ;;;***
21265 \f
21266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21267 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21269 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21270 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21272 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21274 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21275 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21277 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21280 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21282 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21284 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21285 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21287 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("nato-alphabet" "morse-code")))
21291 ;;;***
21292 \f
21293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21298 ;;;***
21299 \f
21300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21303 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21307 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21308 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21310 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21311 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21312 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21315 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21317 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21318 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21319 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21320 hemisphere you're in.)
21322 To test this function, evaluate:
21325 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21327 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21330 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21333 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21334 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21335 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21338 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21340 To test this function, evaluate:
21343 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21347 ;;;***
21348 \f
21349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21350 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21352 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21353 Main entry point for MPC.
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21359 ;;;***
21360 \f
21361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21362 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21364 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21365 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21371 ;;;***
21372 \f
21373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21374 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21376 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21377 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21378 See the `msb-mode' command
21379 for a description of this minor mode.
21380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21381 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21382 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21384 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21386 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21387 Toggle Msb mode.
21388 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21389 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21390 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21392 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21393 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21399 ;;;***
21400 \f
21401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21402 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21406 ;;;***
21407 \f
21408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21409 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21410 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21412 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21413 Display a list of all character sets.
21415 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21416 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21417 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21418 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21419 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21421 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21422 but still shows the full information.
21424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21426 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21427 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21428 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21430 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21431 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21432 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21433 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21434 meanings of these arguments.
21436 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21438 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21439 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21441 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21443 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21444 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21446 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21448 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21449 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21451 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21453 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21454 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21457 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21458 in place of `..':
21459 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21460 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21461 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21462 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21463 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21464 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21465 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21466 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21467 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21468 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21469 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21470 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21471 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21472 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21473 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21474 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21476 \(fn)" t nil)
21478 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21479 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21481 \(fn)" t nil)
21483 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21484 Display a list of all coding systems.
21485 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21487 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21488 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21492 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21493 Display a list of all coding categories.
21495 \(fn)" nil nil)
21497 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21498 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21499 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21501 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21503 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21504 Display information about FONTSET.
21505 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21507 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21510 Display a list of all fontsets.
21511 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21512 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21513 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21515 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21517 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21518 Display information about all input methods.
21520 \(fn)" t nil)
21522 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21523 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21525 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21526 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21527 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21528 system which uses fontsets).
21530 \(fn)" t nil)
21532 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21533 Show log of font listing and opening.
21534 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21535 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21537 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("insert-section" "list-" "print-" "describe-font-internal" "charset-history" "non-iso-charset-alist" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
21541 ;;;***
21542 \f
21543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21544 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21547 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
21548 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
21550 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
21551 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
21553 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21554 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21556 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21558 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21559 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21560 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21561 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21562 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21563 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21564 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21566 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21567 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21568 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21569 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21570 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21571 middle of a character in STR.
21573 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21574 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21576 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21577 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21578 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21579 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21580 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21582 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21584 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21585 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21587 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21588 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21589 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21591 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21592 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21593 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21595 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21596 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21597 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21598 are considered.
21599 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21600 longer than KEYSEQ.
21601 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21603 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21605 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21606 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21607 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21608 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21609 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21610 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21611 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21612 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21613 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21614 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21615 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21617 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21619 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21620 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21622 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21624 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21625 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21627 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21629 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21630 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21632 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21634 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21635 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21637 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21639 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21640 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21641 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21642 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21643 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21645 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21646 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21648 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21649 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21650 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21651 coding systems ordered by priority.
21653 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21655 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21657 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21658 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21659 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21660 language environment LANG-ENV.
21662 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21664 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21665 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21666 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21667 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21668 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
21669 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
21671 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
21673 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
21674 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
21675 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
21676 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21677 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21678 QUALITY can be:
21679 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21680 excessive work.
21681 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21682 part of the file/buffer.
21683 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21685 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21687 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
21688 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
21689 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
21690 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21691 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21692 QUALITY can be:
21693 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21694 excessive work.
21695 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21696 part of the file/buffer.
21697 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21699 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
21703 ;;;***
21704 \f
21705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
21706 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
21708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
21710 ;;;***
21711 \f
21712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21713 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
21715 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
21716 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
21718 \(fn)" t nil)
21720 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
21721 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
21723 \(fn)" t nil)
21725 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
21726 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
21728 \(fn)" t nil)
21730 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
21731 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
21733 \(fn)" t nil)
21735 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
21736 Run route and display diagnostic output.
21738 \(fn)" t nil)
21740 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
21741 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
21743 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
21745 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
21746 Ping HOST.
21747 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
21748 `ping-program-options'.
21750 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
21753 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
21755 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21757 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
21758 Run nslookup program.
21760 \(fn)" t nil)
21762 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
21763 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
21765 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21767 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
21768 Run dig program.
21770 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21772 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
21773 Run ftp program.
21775 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21777 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
21778 Finger USER on HOST.
21780 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
21782 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
21783 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
21784 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
21785 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
21787 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
21789 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21794 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
21795 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
21797 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
21799 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
21800 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
21802 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
21804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("nslookup-" "net" "whois-" "ftp-" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "ifconfig-program" "iwconfig-program" "ipconfig" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "arp-program" "ping-program" "traceroute-program")))
21806 ;;;***
21807 \f
21808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
21811 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
21812 Return a user name/password pair.
21813 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
21814 listed in the PORTS list.
21816 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
21818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
21820 ;;;***
21821 \f
21822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
21823 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21824 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
21826 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
21827 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
21828 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
21829 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
21830 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
21831 closes it.
21833 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
21834 make it unique.
21835 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
21836 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
21837 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
21838 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
21839 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
21840 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
21842 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
21843 values:
21845 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
21846 nil or `network'
21847 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
21848 the parameters :success and :capability-command
21849 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
21850 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
21851 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
21852 an unencrypted connection.
21853 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
21854 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
21855 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
21856 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
21857 returned object is a killed process.
21858 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
21859 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
21860 `shell' -- A shell connection.
21862 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
21863 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
21864 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
21865 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
21866 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
21867 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
21868 or nil if none could be found.
21869 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
21870 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
21872 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
21874 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
21875 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
21876 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
21878 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
21879 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
21882 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
21883 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
21886 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
21887 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
21888 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
21889 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
21891 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
21892 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
21894 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
21895 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
21896 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
21897 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
21898 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
21899 or STARTTLS connections.
21901 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
21902 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
21904 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
21905 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
21907 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
21908 a greeting from the server.
21910 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
21911 asynchronously, if possible.
21913 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
21914 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
21915 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
21916 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
21917 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
21919 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
21921 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
21923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
21925 ;;;***
21926 \f
21927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
21928 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
21931 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
21932 Check whether newsticker is running.
21933 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21934 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
21936 \(fn)" nil nil)
21938 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
21939 Start the newsticker.
21940 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
21941 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
21942 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
21943 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
21945 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
21947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
21949 ;;;***
21950 \f
21951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
21952 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
21953 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
21955 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
21956 Start newsticker plainview.
21958 \(fn)" t nil)
21960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
21962 ;;;***
21963 \f
21964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
21965 ;;;;;; 0))
21966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
21968 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
21969 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
21971 \(fn)" t nil)
21973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
21978 ;;;;;; 0))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
21981 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
21982 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
21983 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21984 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
21985 empty.
21987 \(fn)" nil nil)
21989 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
21990 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
21991 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
21992 running already.
21994 \(fn)" t nil)
21996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
21998 ;;;***
21999 \f
22000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22001 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22004 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22005 Start newsticker treeview.
22007 \(fn)" t nil)
22009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22011 ;;;***
22012 \f
22013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22014 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22018 ;;;***
22019 \f
22020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22025 ;;;***
22026 \f
22027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22032 ;;;***
22033 \f
22034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22037 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22038 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22040 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22044 ;;;***
22045 \f
22046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22051 ;;;***
22052 \f
22053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22056 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22057 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22058 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22059 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22060 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22061 symbol in the alist.
22063 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22067 ;;;***
22068 \f
22069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22072 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22074 ;;;***
22075 \f
22076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22081 ;;;***
22082 \f
22083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22086 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22087 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22088 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22090 \(fn)" t nil)
22092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22094 ;;;***
22095 \f
22096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22101 ;;;***
22102 \f
22103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("nntp-" "nnheader-" "mail-header-" "make-" "gnus-")))
22108 ;;;***
22109 \f
22110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap")))
22115 ;;;***
22116 \f
22117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("nnir-" "gnus-")))
22122 ;;;***
22123 \f
22124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22129 ;;;***
22130 \f
22131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22136 ;;;***
22137 \f
22138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22141 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22143 ;;;***
22144 \f
22145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22150 ;;;***
22151 \f
22152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22157 ;;;***
22158 \f
22159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22162 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22163 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22165 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22169 ;;;***
22170 \f
22171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22176 ;;;***
22177 \f
22178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("nnoo-" "def")))
22183 ;;;***
22184 \f
22185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22190 ;;;***
22191 \f
22192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22197 ;;;***
22198 \f
22199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22204 ;;;***
22205 \f
22206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22211 ;;;***
22212 \f
22213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22218 ;;;***
22219 \f
22220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22223 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22225 ;;;***
22226 \f
22227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22228 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22232 ;;;***
22233 \f
22234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22235 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22237 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
22239 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22240 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22241 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22243 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22246 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22248 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22249 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22250 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22251 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22252 to future sessions.
22254 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22256 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22257 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22258 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22259 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22260 future sessions.
22262 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22266 ;;;***
22267 \f
22268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22269 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22272 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22273 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22275 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22276 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22277 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22279 \(fn)" t nil)
22281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22283 ;;;***
22284 \f
22285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-level" "nsm-")))
22290 ;;;***
22291 \f
22292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22294 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22298 ;;;***
22299 \f
22300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22301 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22305 ;;;***
22306 \f
22307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22308 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22312 ;;;***
22313 \f
22314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22315 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22317 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22318 Major mode for editing XML.
22321 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22322 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22324 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22325 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22326 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22331 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22333 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22334 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22335 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22336 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22337 instead of C-c.
22339 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22340 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22341 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22342 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22344 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22347 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22348 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22351 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22354 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22359 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
22360 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
22361 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
22362 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22364 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22366 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22369 \(fn)" t nil)
22370 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22372 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22374 ;;;***
22375 \f
22376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22377 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22381 ;;;***
22382 \f
22383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22384 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22388 ;;;***
22389 \f
22390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22391 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22395 ;;;***
22396 \f
22397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22398 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22402 ;;;***
22403 \f
22404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22405 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22409 ;;;***
22410 \f
22411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22412 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22416 ;;;***
22417 \f
22418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22419 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("org-babel-")))
22423 ;;;***
22424 \f
22425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22426 ;;;;;; 0))
22427 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
22431 ;;;***
22432 \f
22433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
22438 ;;;***
22439 \f
22440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22441 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
22445 ;;;***
22446 \f
22447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
22452 ;;;***
22453 \f
22454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22455 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22459 ;;;***
22460 \f
22461 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22462 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 652549 735000))
22463 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22465 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
22467 ;;;***
22468 \f
22469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22470 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
22474 ;;;***
22475 \f
22476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22477 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
22481 ;;;***
22482 \f
22483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22484 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
22488 ;;;***
22489 \f
22490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22491 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22492 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22496 ;;;***
22497 \f
22498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22499 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
22503 ;;;***
22504 \f
22505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22506 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
22510 ;;;***
22511 \f
22512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22513 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22517 ;;;***
22518 \f
22519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22520 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("org-babel-" "*org-babel-gnuplot-")))
22524 ;;;***
22525 \f
22526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22531 ;;;***
22532 \f
22533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22534 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
22538 ;;;***
22539 \f
22540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
22545 ;;;***
22546 \f
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22548 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
22552 ;;;***
22553 \f
22554 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22555 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 139192 607000))
22556 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
22560 ;;;***
22561 \f
22562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22563 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-" "convert-pdf")))
22567 ;;;***
22568 \f
22569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22570 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
22574 ;;;***
22575 \f
22576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22577 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("org-babel-" "lilypond-mode")))
22581 ;;;***
22582 \f
22583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22588 ;;;***
22589 \f
22590 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22591 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 143192 607000))
22592 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
22596 ;;;***
22597 \f
22598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
22601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
22603 ;;;***
22604 \f
22605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
22606 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
22608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
22610 ;;;***
22611 \f
22612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22613 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
22615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
22617 ;;;***
22618 \f
22619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
22622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
22624 ;;;***
22625 \f
22626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22627 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
22629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
22631 ;;;***
22632 \f
22633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
22636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
22638 ;;;***
22639 \f
22640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22641 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
22643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
22645 ;;;***
22646 \f
22647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22648 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
22650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
22652 ;;;***
22653 \f
22654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
22657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
22659 ;;;***
22660 \f
22661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
22664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
22666 ;;;***
22667 \f
22668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
22671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
22673 ;;;***
22674 \f
22675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
22676 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
22678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
22680 ;;;***
22681 \f
22682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
22683 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
22685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
22687 ;;;***
22688 \f
22689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scala" "org/ob-scala.el" (0 0 0 0))
22690 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scala.el
22692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scala" '("org-babel-")))
22694 ;;;***
22695 \f
22696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
22697 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
22699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
22701 ;;;***
22702 \f
22703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22704 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
22706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
22708 ;;;***
22709 \f
22710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sh" "org/ob-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22711 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sh.el
22713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sh" '("org-babel-")))
22715 ;;;***
22716 \f
22717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22718 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
22720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
22722 ;;;***
22723 \f
22724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
22727 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-" "dbstring-mysql")))
22729 ;;;***
22730 \f
22731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
22732 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
22734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
22736 ;;;***
22737 \f
22738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
22739 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
22741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
22743 ;;;***
22744 \f
22745 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
22746 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 716549 735000))
22747 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
22749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
22751 ;;;***
22752 \f
22753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
22756 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
22757 Major mode for editing Octave code.
22759 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
22760 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
22761 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
22762 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
22764 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
22766 Key bindings:
22769 \(fn)" t nil)
22771 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
22772 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
22773 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
22775 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
22777 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
22778 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
22780 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
22781 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
22782 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
22784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22786 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
22788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("octave-" "inferior-octave-")))
22790 ;;;***
22791 \f
22792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
22793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
22795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
22797 ;;;***
22798 \f
22799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
22800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
22802 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
22804 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
22812 Customization:
22814 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
22815 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
22816 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
22817 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
22818 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
22819 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
22820 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
22821 Directories to search when finding external units.
22822 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
22823 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
22825 Coloring:
22827 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
22828 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
22830 \(fn)" t nil)
22832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
22834 ;;;***
22835 \f
22836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22837 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
22839 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
22840 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
22842 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
22844 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
22845 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
22846 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
22847 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
22848 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
22849 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
22851 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
22853 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
22854 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
22855 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
22856 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
22857 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
22859 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
22861 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
22862 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
22864 \(fn)" nil nil)
22866 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
22867 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
22869 \(fn)" nil nil)
22871 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
22872 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
22875 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
22876 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
22877 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
22878 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
22879 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
22880 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
22881 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
22882 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
22883 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
22884 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
22886 The following commands are available:
22890 \(fn)" t nil)
22892 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
22893 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
22895 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
22896 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
22897 in special contexts.
22899 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
22900 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
22901 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
22902 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
22903 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
22904 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
22905 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
22906 properties in the buffer.
22907 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
22908 including any drawers.
22910 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
22912 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
22913 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
22914 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
22915 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
22916 From this state, you can move to one of the children
22917 and zoom in further.
22918 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
22919 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
22921 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
22922 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
22923 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
22924 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
22925 times right after creating a new headline.
22927 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
22928 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
22929 is negative, go up that many levels.
22931 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
22932 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
22933 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
22935 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
22936 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
22937 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
22938 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
22940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22942 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
22943 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
22945 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
22947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22948 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
22950 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
22951 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
22952 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
22953 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
22954 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
22955 defined by Org-mode).
22957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22959 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
22960 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
22962 \(fn)" nil nil)
22964 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
22965 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
22967 \(fn)" nil nil)
22969 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
22970 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
22971 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
22972 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
22973 call CMD.
22975 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
22977 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
22979 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
22982 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
22983 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
22984 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
22986 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
22987 part of Org's core.
22989 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
22990 active region.
22992 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22994 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
22995 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
22996 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
22998 \(fn)" t nil)
23000 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23001 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
23002 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
23003 Org-mode syntax.
23005 \(fn)" t nil)
23007 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23008 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
23010 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23012 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23013 Switch between Org buffers.
23014 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
23015 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23017 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
23018 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
23020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23022 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
23024 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
23026 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23027 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23028 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23029 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23031 \(fn)" t nil)
23033 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23034 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
23036 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23038 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23039 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23040 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
23042 \(fn)" t nil)
23044 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23045 Reload all org lisp files.
23046 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23048 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23050 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23051 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23053 \(fn)" t nil)
23055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23057 ;;;***
23058 \f
23059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23060 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23062 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23063 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23067 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23068 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23069 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23070 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23072 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23073 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23074 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23075 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23076 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23077 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23078 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23079 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
23080 e Export views to associated files.
23081 s Search entries for keywords.
23082 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23083 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23084 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23085 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23086 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23087 > Remove a previous restriction.
23090 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23092 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23093 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23094 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23096 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
23097 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23099 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23100 \(if active).
23102 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23104 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23105 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23106 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23107 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23108 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23109 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23110 before running the agenda command.
23112 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23114 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23115 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23116 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23117 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23118 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23119 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23120 before running the agenda command.
23122 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23123 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23125 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23127 category The category of the item
23128 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23129 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23130 todo selected in TODO match
23131 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23132 diary imported from diary
23133 deadline a deadline on given date
23134 scheduled scheduled on given date
23135 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23136 closed entry was closed on given date
23137 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23138 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23139 block entry has date block including g. date
23140 todo The todo keyword, if any
23141 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23142 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23143 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23144 extra Sting with extra planning info
23145 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23146 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23147 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23149 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23151 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23152 Store agenda views.
23154 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23156 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23157 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23159 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23161 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23162 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23163 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23164 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23166 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23167 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23168 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23170 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23171 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23173 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23174 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23176 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23178 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23179 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23181 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23182 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23183 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23184 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23185 EDIT-AT.
23187 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23188 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23189 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23190 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23191 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23194 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23195 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23196 including newlines.
23198 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23199 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23200 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23201 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23202 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23203 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23204 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23206 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23208 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23209 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23211 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23212 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23213 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23214 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23215 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23216 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23217 Boolean search must match as full words.
23219 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
23220 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23222 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23224 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23225 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23226 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23228 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23229 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23233 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23234 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23235 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23237 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23239 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23240 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23241 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23242 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23243 `org-stuck-projects'.
23245 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23247 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23248 Return diary information from org files.
23250 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23251 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23252 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23253 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23255 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23257 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23259 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23260 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23262 &%%(org-diary)
23264 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23265 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23266 So the example above may also be written as
23268 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23270 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23271 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23272 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23274 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23276 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23277 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23279 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23281 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23282 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23283 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
23284 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
23285 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23287 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23289 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23290 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23291 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23293 \(fn)" t nil)
23295 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23296 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23298 appointments.
23300 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23301 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23303 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23304 for filtering entries out.
23306 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23307 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23308 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23310 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23311 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23316 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23319 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23320 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23321 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23322 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23323 details and examples.
23325 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23326 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23328 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23330 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23332 ;;;***
23333 \f
23334 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23335 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23336 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
23340 ;;;***
23341 \f
23342 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23343 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23348 ;;;***
23349 \f
23350 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23351 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23352 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23356 ;;;***
23357 \f
23358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23359 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
23363 ;;;***
23364 \f
23365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23366 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23368 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23369 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23371 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23373 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23374 Capture something.
23376 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
23377 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
23378 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
23380 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23383 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
23384 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
23385 stored.
23387 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23389 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23390 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23391 will be bypassed.
23393 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23394 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23395 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23396 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23398 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23400 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23401 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23403 \(fn)" t nil)
23405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
23407 ;;;***
23408 \f
23409 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23410 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 764549 735000))
23411 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23415 ;;;***
23416 \f
23417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23420 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23421 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23423 \(fn)" t nil)
23425 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23428 \(fn)" nil nil)
23430 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23431 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
23432 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23434 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23436 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23437 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
23439 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23441 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
23442 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
23444 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
23446 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23447 Write the column view table.
23448 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23450 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
23451 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23452 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23453 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23454 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23456 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23457 using `org-id-find'.
23458 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23459 a hline before each level <= that number.
23460 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23461 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23462 :skip-empty-rows
23463 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23464 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23466 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23468 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
23469 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23471 \(fn)" t nil)
23473 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23474 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23476 \(fn)" t nil)
23478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23480 ;;;***
23481 \f
23482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23483 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23485 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23486 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23488 \(fn)" nil t)
23490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23492 ;;;***
23493 \f
23494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23495 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
23499 ;;;***
23500 \f
23501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23502 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-" "y-or-n-minibuffer")))
23506 ;;;***
23507 \f
23508 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23509 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (22164 57535 155192 607000))
23510 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23514 ;;;***
23515 \f
23516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23517 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
23521 ;;;***
23522 \f
23523 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23524 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (22189 60738 609741 19000))
23525 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
23527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
23529 ;;;***
23530 \f
23531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
23532 ;;;;;; 0))
23533 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
23535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("replace-amp" "org-entit")))
23537 ;;;***
23538 \f
23539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23540 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
23542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
23544 ;;;***
23545 \f
23546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
23547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
23549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
23551 ;;;***
23552 \f
23553 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
23554 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 780549 735000))
23555 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
23557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
23559 ;;;***
23560 \f
23561 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
23562 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23563 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
23565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
23567 ;;;***
23568 \f
23569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
23570 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
23572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
23574 ;;;***
23575 \f
23576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
23577 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
23579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
23581 ;;;***
23582 \f
23583 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
23584 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23585 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
23587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
23589 ;;;***
23590 \f
23591 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
23592 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23593 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
23595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
23597 ;;;***
23598 \f
23599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
23600 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
23602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
23604 ;;;***
23605 \f
23606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
23607 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
23608 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
23610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
23612 ;;;***
23613 \f
23614 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
23615 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 163192 607000))
23616 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
23618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
23620 ;;;***
23621 \f
23622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
23623 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
23625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
23627 ;;;***
23628 \f
23629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
23630 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
23632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
23634 ;;;***
23635 \f
23636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
23637 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
23639 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
23640 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
23642 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
23644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
23646 ;;;***
23647 \f
23648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
23649 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
23651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
23653 ;;;***
23654 \f
23655 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
23656 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 629741 19000))
23657 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
23659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
23661 ;;;***
23662 \f
23663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
23664 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
23666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
23668 ;;;***
23669 \f
23670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
23671 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23672 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
23674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
23676 ;;;***
23677 \f
23678 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
23679 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 163192 607000))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
23682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
23684 ;;;***
23685 \f
23686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
23687 ;;;;;; 0))
23688 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
23690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
23692 ;;;***
23693 \f
23694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
23695 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
23697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
23699 ;;;***
23700 \f
23701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
23702 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
23704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
23706 ;;;***
23707 \f
23708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
23709 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 167192 607000))
23710 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
23712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org" "*orgtbl-")))
23714 ;;;***
23715 \f
23716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
23717 ;;;;;; (22320 25516 956613 268000))
23718 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
23720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
23722 ;;;***
23723 \f
23724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
23725 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
23727 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
23728 The release version of org-mode.
23729 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23731 \(fn)" nil nil)
23733 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
23734 The Git version of org-mode.
23735 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23737 \(fn)" nil nil)
23739 ;;;***
23740 \f
23741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
23744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
23746 ;;;***
23747 \f
23748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
23749 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
23750 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23751 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23753 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
23754 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
23755 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
23756 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
23758 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
23759 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
23760 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
23761 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
23764 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
23765 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
23766 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
23767 are used when point is on a heading line.
23769 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
23770 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
23771 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
23773 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
23774 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
23776 \(fn)" t nil)
23778 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
23779 Toggle Outline minor mode.
23780 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
23781 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23782 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23784 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
23786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23787 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
23789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
23791 ;;;***
23792 \f
23793 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
23794 ;;;;;; (22189 60739 13741 19000))
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
23797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
23799 ;;;***
23800 \f
23801 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
23802 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 961741 19000))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
23805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
23807 ;;;***
23808 \f
23809 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
23810 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 195192 607000))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
23813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
23815 ;;;***
23816 \f
23817 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
23818 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 195192 607000))
23819 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
23821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
23823 ;;;***
23824 \f
23825 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
23826 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (22274 16187 224759 99000))
23827 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
23829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
23831 ;;;***
23832 \f
23833 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
23834 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23835 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
23837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
23839 ;;;***
23840 \f
23841 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
23842 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
23845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
23847 ;;;***
23848 \f
23849 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
23850 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23851 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
23853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
23855 ;;;***
23856 \f
23857 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
23858 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 203192 607000))
23859 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
23861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
23863 ;;;***
23864 \f
23865 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
23866 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 860549 735000))
23867 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
23869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
23871 ;;;***
23872 \f
23873 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
23874 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 997741 19000))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
23877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
23879 ;;;***
23880 \f
23881 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
23882 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 203192 607000))
23883 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
23885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
23887 ;;;***
23888 \f
23889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
23890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
23891 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23893 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
23894 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
23895 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
23896 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
23900 activate the package system at any time.")
23902 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
23904 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
23905 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
23906 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
23907 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
23908 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
23909 it to the file.
23910 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
23911 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
23912 loading packages twice.
23913 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
23914 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
23915 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
23917 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
23919 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
23920 Import keys from FILE.
23922 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
23924 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
23925 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
23926 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
23927 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
23928 and make them available for download.
23929 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
23930 downloads in the background.
23932 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
23934 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
23935 Install the package PKG.
23936 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
23937 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
23939 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
23940 `package-selected-packages'.
23942 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
23943 to install it but still mark it as selected.
23945 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
23947 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
23948 Install a package from the current buffer.
23949 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
23950 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
23951 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
23953 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
23954 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
23955 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
23957 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
23959 \(fn)" t nil)
23961 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
23962 Install a package from a file.
23963 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
23964 directory.
23966 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23968 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
23969 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
23970 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
23972 \(fn)" t nil)
23974 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
23975 Reinstall package PKG.
23976 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
23977 object.
23979 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
23981 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
23982 Remove packages that are no more needed.
23984 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
23985 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
23986 will be deleted.
23988 \(fn)" t nil)
23990 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
23991 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
23993 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
23995 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
23996 Display a list of packages.
23997 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
23998 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
23999 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
24001 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24003 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("package-" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "bad-signature")))
24007 ;;;***
24008 \f
24009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24010 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24015 ;;;***
24016 \f
24017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24018 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("previous-page" "pages-" "sort-pages-" "original-page-delimiter" "add-new-page" "next-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map")))
24022 ;;;***
24023 \f
24024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24025 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24027 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24028 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24029 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24030 for a description of this minor mode.
24031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24033 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24035 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24037 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24038 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24040 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24041 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24043 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24044 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24045 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24051 ;;;***
24052 \f
24053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24056 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24058 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24059 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24060 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24062 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24064 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24065 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24067 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24071 ;;;***
24072 \f
24073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24076 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24078 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24080 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24083 Other useful functions are:
24095 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24097 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24098 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24099 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24100 Indentation for case statements.
24101 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24102 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24103 mark after an end.
24104 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24105 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24106 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24107 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24108 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24109 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24110 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24111 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24112 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24113 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24115 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24116 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24118 \(fn)" t nil)
24120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("pascal-" "electric-pascal-")))
24122 ;;;***
24123 \f
24124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24125 ;;;;;; 0))
24126 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24128 (defvar password-cache t "\
24129 Whether to cache passwords.")
24131 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24133 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24134 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24135 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24137 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24139 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24140 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24142 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24144 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24146 ;;;***
24147 \f
24148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24151 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24152 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24153 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24155 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24157 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24158 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24160 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24161 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24162 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
24164 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24166 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24167 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24168 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24169 quoted.)
24171 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24172 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24173 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24174 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24176 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24178 _ matches anything.
24179 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24180 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24181 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24182 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24183 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24186 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24187 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24188 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24189 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24190 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24192 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24194 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24195 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24196 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24197 which is the value being matched.
24198 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24199 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24201 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24202 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24204 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24206 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24208 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24209 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24211 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24213 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24215 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24216 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24217 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24218 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24219 variable name being but a special case of it).
24221 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24223 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24225 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24227 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24228 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24229 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24230 of the form (PAT EXP).
24232 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24234 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24236 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24237 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24238 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24239 of the form (PAT EXP).
24240 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24241 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24242 any kind of error.
24244 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24246 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24248 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24251 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
24253 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24255 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24256 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24257 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24258 to this macro.
24260 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24262 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24264 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
24268 ;;;***
24269 \f
24270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24271 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24273 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24274 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24276 \(fn)" nil nil)
24278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
24280 ;;;***
24281 \f
24282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24283 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24285 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24286 Completion for `gzip'.
24288 \(fn)" nil nil)
24290 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24291 Completion for `bzip2'.
24293 \(fn)" nil nil)
24295 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24296 Completion for GNU `make'.
24298 \(fn)" nil nil)
24300 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24301 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24303 \(fn)" nil nil)
24305 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24306 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24308 \(fn)" nil nil)
24310 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24314 ;;;***
24315 \f
24316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24317 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24319 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24320 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24322 \(fn)" nil nil)
24324 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24325 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24327 \(fn)" nil nil)
24329 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24330 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24332 \(fn)" nil nil)
24334 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcomplete-pare-list" "pcmpl-linux-")))
24336 ;;;***
24337 \f
24338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24339 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24341 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24342 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24344 \(fn)" nil nil)
24346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24348 ;;;***
24349 \f
24350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24351 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24353 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24354 Completion for `cd'.
24356 \(fn)" nil nil)
24358 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24360 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24361 Completion for `rmdir'.
24363 \(fn)" nil nil)
24365 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24366 Completion for `rm'.
24368 \(fn)" nil nil)
24370 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24371 Completion for `xargs'.
24373 \(fn)" nil nil)
24375 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24377 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24378 Completion for `which'.
24380 \(fn)" nil nil)
24382 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24383 Completion for the `chown' command.
24385 \(fn)" nil nil)
24387 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24388 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24390 \(fn)" nil nil)
24392 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24393 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24395 \(fn)" nil nil)
24397 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24398 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24399 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24401 \(fn)" nil nil)
24403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
24405 ;;;***
24406 \f
24407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24410 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24411 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24413 \(fn)" nil nil)
24415 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24416 Completion for the `ack' command.
24417 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24418 long options.
24420 \(fn)" nil nil)
24422 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24424 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24425 Completion for the `ag' command.
24427 \(fn)" nil nil)
24429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
24431 ;;;***
24432 \f
24433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24434 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24436 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24437 Support extensible programmable completion.
24438 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24439 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24441 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24443 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24444 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24448 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24449 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24450 This will modify the current buffer.
24452 \(fn)" t nil)
24454 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24455 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24457 \(fn)" t nil)
24459 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24460 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24461 This will modify the current buffer.
24463 \(fn)" t nil)
24465 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24466 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24468 \(fn)" t nil)
24470 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24471 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24473 \(fn)" t nil)
24475 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24476 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24477 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24478 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24479 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
24481 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
24483 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
24484 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
24486 \(fn)" nil nil)
24488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
24490 ;;;***
24491 \f
24492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24493 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
24495 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
24496 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
24497 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
24498 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24500 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
24502 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
24504 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
24505 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
24506 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24508 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24509 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24510 FLAGS is ignored.
24512 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
24514 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
24515 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
24516 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
24517 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24518 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24520 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24521 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24523 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24525 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
24526 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24527 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24530 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24531 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
24532 passed to cvs.
24534 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
24536 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
24537 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24538 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24539 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24541 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24542 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24544 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24546 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
24547 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
24548 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
24550 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
24552 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
24553 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
24554 A value of nil means never do it.
24555 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
24556 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
24557 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
24559 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
24561 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
24562 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
24563 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
24565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
24567 ;;;***
24568 \f
24569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24570 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
24572 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
24573 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
24575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
24577 ;;;***
24578 \f
24579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24580 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
24582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
24584 ;;;***
24585 \f
24586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24587 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
24589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
24591 ;;;***
24592 \f
24593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
24594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
24596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
24598 ;;;***
24599 \f
24600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
24601 ;;;;;; 0))
24602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
24603 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24604 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24605 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24606 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24607 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24608 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24610 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
24611 Major mode for editing Perl code.
24612 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
24613 Tab indents for Perl code.
24615 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24616 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24618 Variables controlling indentation style:
24619 `perl-tab-always-indent'
24620 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
24621 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24622 `perl-tab-to-comment'
24623 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
24624 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
24625 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
24626 `perl-nochange'
24627 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
24628 `perl-indent-level'
24629 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
24630 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
24631 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
24632 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
24633 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
24634 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
24635 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
24636 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
24637 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
24638 `perl-brace-offset'
24639 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
24640 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
24641 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
24642 this far to the right of the start of its line.
24643 `perl-label-offset'
24644 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
24645 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
24646 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
24648 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
24649 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
24650 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
24651 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
24652 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
24653 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
24654 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
24656 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
24658 \(fn)" t nil)
24660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("perl-" "mark-perl-function" "indent-perl-exp")))
24662 ;;;***
24663 \f
24664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
24665 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
24667 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
24668 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
24670 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
24671 afterwards settable by these commands:
24688 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
24689 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
24690 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
24691 with these commands:
24695 Move to column following last
24703 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
24705 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
24709 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
24712 You can manipulate text with these commands:
24717 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
24720 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
24730 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
24731 by supplying an argument.
24733 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
24735 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
24736 they are not by default assigned to keys.
24738 \(fn)" t nil)
24740 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
24742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
24744 ;;;***
24745 \f
24746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
24747 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
24748 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
24750 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
24751 Start a Pinentry service.
24753 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
24754 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
24756 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
24757 will not be shown.
24759 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pinentry" '("pinentry-")))
24763 ;;;***
24764 \f
24765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
24766 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
24768 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
24769 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
24771 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24773 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
24774 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
24776 \(fn)" t nil)
24778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
24780 ;;;***
24781 \f
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
24783 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
24785 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
24786 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
24787 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
24789 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
24791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
24793 ;;;***
24794 \f
24795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
24796 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
24798 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
24799 Play pong and waste time.
24800 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
24801 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
24807 \(fn)" t nil)
24809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
24811 ;;;***
24812 \f
24813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
24814 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
24816 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
24817 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
24818 Use streaming commands.
24820 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
24824 ;;;***
24825 \f
24826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
24827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
24829 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
24830 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
24831 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
24832 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
24834 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
24836 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
24837 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
24839 \(fn)" nil nil)
24841 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
24842 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
24843 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
24844 can handle, whenever this is possible.
24845 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
24847 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
24849 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
24850 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24851 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
24853 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24855 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
24856 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24858 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24860 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
24861 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
24862 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24863 Ignores leading comment characters.
24865 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24867 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
24868 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
24869 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24870 Ignores leading comment characters.
24872 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
24876 ;;;***
24877 \f
24878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
24879 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
24880 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24882 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
24883 Activate the printing interface buffer.
24885 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
24889 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24891 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
24892 Preview directory using ghostview.
24894 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24895 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24896 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24897 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24899 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24900 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24901 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24902 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24903 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24904 file name.
24906 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24908 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24910 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24911 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
24913 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24914 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24915 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24916 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24918 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24919 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24920 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24921 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24922 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24923 file name.
24925 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24927 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24929 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
24930 Print directory using PostScript printer.
24932 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24933 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24934 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24935 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24937 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24938 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24939 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24940 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24941 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24942 file name.
24944 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24946 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24948 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
24949 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
24951 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
24953 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24954 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24955 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24956 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24958 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24959 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24960 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24961 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24962 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24963 file name.
24965 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24967 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24969 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
24970 Preview buffer using ghostview.
24972 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24973 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24974 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24976 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24977 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
24978 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
24979 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24981 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24983 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24984 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
24986 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24987 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24988 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
24990 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24991 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
24992 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
24993 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24995 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24997 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
24998 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
25000 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25001 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25002 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25004 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25005 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25006 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25007 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25009 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25011 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25012 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25014 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25016 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25017 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25018 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25021 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25022 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25023 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25025 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25027 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25028 Preview region using ghostview.
25030 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25032 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25034 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25035 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25037 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25039 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25041 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25042 Print region using PostScript printer.
25044 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25046 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25048 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25049 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25051 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25053 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25055 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25056 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25058 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25060 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25062 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25063 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25065 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25067 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25069 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25070 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25072 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25074 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25076 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25077 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25079 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25081 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25083 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25084 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25085 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25086 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25088 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25089 matching.
25091 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25092 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25094 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25096 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25098 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25099 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25100 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25101 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25103 \(fn)" t nil)
25105 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25106 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25107 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25108 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25110 \(fn)" t nil)
25112 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25113 Print directory using text printer.
25115 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25116 matching.
25118 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25119 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25121 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25123 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25125 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25126 Print buffer using text printer.
25128 \(fn)" t nil)
25130 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25131 Print region using text printer.
25133 \(fn)" t nil)
25135 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25136 Print major mode using text printer.
25138 \(fn)" t nil)
25140 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25141 Preview spooled PostScript.
25143 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25144 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25145 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25147 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25148 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25149 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25151 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25153 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25154 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25156 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25157 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25158 instead of sending it to the printer.
25160 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25161 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25162 image in a file with that name.
25164 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25166 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25167 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25169 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25170 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25171 instead of sending it to the printer.
25173 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25174 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25175 image in a file with that name.
25177 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25179 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25180 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25182 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25183 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25184 instead of sending it to the printer.
25186 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25187 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25188 image in a file with that name.
25190 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25192 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25193 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25195 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25197 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25198 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25200 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25202 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25203 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25205 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25207 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25208 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25210 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25212 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25213 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25215 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25217 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25218 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25220 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25221 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25222 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25223 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25225 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25226 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25227 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25228 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25229 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25230 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25231 file name.
25233 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25235 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25236 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25238 \(fn)" t nil)
25240 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25241 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25243 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25244 right.
25245 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25246 bottom.
25248 \(fn)" t nil)
25250 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25251 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25253 \(fn)" t nil)
25255 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25256 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25258 \(fn)" t nil)
25260 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25261 Toggle printing with faces.
25263 \(fn)" t nil)
25265 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25266 Toggle spooling.
25268 \(fn)" t nil)
25270 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25271 Toggle duplex.
25273 \(fn)" t nil)
25275 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25276 Toggle tumble.
25278 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25279 right.
25280 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25281 bottom.
25283 \(fn)" t nil)
25285 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25286 Toggle landscape.
25288 \(fn)" t nil)
25290 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25291 Toggle upside-down.
25293 \(fn)" t nil)
25295 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25296 Toggle line number.
25298 \(fn)" t nil)
25300 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25301 Toggle zebra stripes.
25303 \(fn)" t nil)
25305 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25306 Toggle printing header.
25308 \(fn)" t nil)
25310 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25311 Toggle printing header frame.
25313 \(fn)" t nil)
25315 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25316 Toggle menu lock.
25318 \(fn)" t nil)
25320 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25321 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25323 \(fn)" t nil)
25325 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25326 Toggle auto mode.
25328 \(fn)" t nil)
25330 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25331 Customization of the `printing' group.
25333 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25335 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25336 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25338 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25340 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25341 Help for the printing package.
25343 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25345 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25346 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25348 \(fn)" t nil)
25350 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25351 Interactively select a text printer.
25353 \(fn)" t nil)
25355 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25356 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25358 \(fn)" t nil)
25360 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25361 Show current ps-print settings.
25363 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25365 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25366 Show current printing settings.
25368 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25370 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25371 Show current lpr settings.
25373 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25375 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25376 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25378 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25379 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25380 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25381 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25384 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25386 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25387 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25388 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25390 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25391 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25392 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25393 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25394 current active printer.
25396 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25397 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25398 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25399 printer.
25401 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25402 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25403 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25404 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25405 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25408 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25409 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25411 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25413 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25414 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25415 be done using the new current active printer.
25417 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25418 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25419 printer.
25421 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25422 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25423 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25424 instead of sending it to the printer.
25426 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25427 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25428 printer.
25430 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25433 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25434 are both set to t.
25436 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25438 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25439 Fast fire function for text printing.
25441 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25442 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25443 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25444 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25446 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25447 user for a new active text printer.
25449 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25451 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25453 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25454 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25455 printer.
25457 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25459 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25460 are both set to t.
25462 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("pr-" "lpr-setup")))
25466 ;;;***
25467 \f
25468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
25469 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
25471 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
25472 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
25474 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
25475 the process information.
25477 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
25479 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
25480 Proced buffers.
25482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
25486 ;;;***
25487 \f
25488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22431 53468 722634
25489 ;;;;;; 211000))
25490 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
25492 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
25493 Start/restart profilers.
25494 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
25495 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
25496 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
25498 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
25500 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
25501 Open profile FILENAME.
25503 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25505 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
25506 Open profile FILENAME.
25508 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25510 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
25511 Open profile FILENAME.
25513 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
25517 ;;;***
25518 \f
25519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
25520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
25522 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
25523 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
25524 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
25525 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
25526 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
25527 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
25529 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
25531 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
25532 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
25534 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
25536 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25538 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
25539 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
25541 pattern to search for.
25543 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25545 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
25546 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
25547 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25548 recognized.
25550 \(fn)" t nil)
25552 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
25553 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
25554 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25555 recognized.
25557 \(fn)" t nil)
25559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
25561 ;;;***
25562 \f
25563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
25564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
25566 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
25567 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
25569 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
25570 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
25572 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
25574 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
25577 Commands:
25580 \(fn)" t nil)
25582 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
25583 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
25584 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
25586 \(fn)" t nil)
25588 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
25589 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
25590 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
25592 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("prolog-" "mercury-mode-map")))
25596 ;;;***
25597 \f
25598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
25599 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
25601 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
25602 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
25605 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
25607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
25609 ;;;***
25610 \f
25611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25612 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
25613 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
25615 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
25616 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
25618 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
25620 The following variables hold user options, and can
25621 be set through the `customize' command:
25623 `ps-mode-tab'
25624 `ps-mode-paper-size'
25625 `ps-mode-print-function'
25626 `ps-run-prompt'
25627 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
25628 `ps-run-x'
25629 `ps-run-dumb'
25630 `ps-run-init'
25631 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
25632 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
25641 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
25642 The keymap for this second window is:
25647 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
25648 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
25649 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
25650 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
25651 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
25653 \(fn)" t nil)
25655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
25657 ;;;***
25658 \f
25659 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
25660 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 655192 607000))
25661 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
25663 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
25665 ;;;***
25666 \f
25667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
25668 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
25669 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25671 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
25672 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
25673 See `ps-paper-type'.")
25675 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
25677 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
25678 Specify the size of paper to format for.
25679 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
25680 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
25682 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
25684 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
25685 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
25687 Valid values are:
25689 nil Do not print colors.
25691 t Print colors.
25693 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
25694 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
25696 Any other value is treated as t.")
25698 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
25700 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
25701 Customization of ps-print group.
25703 \(fn)" t nil)
25705 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
25706 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25708 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25709 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
25710 sending it to the printer.
25712 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25713 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25714 image in a file with that name.
25716 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25718 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25719 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25720 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25721 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25722 so it has a way to determine color values.
25724 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25726 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
25727 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25728 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
25730 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25732 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25733 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25734 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25735 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25736 so it has a way to determine color values.
25738 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25740 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
25741 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25742 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
25743 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
25745 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25747 \(fn)" t nil)
25749 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25750 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25751 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
25752 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
25753 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
25755 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25757 \(fn)" t nil)
25759 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
25760 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25761 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
25763 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25765 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25767 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25768 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25769 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25770 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25771 so it has a way to determine color values.
25773 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25775 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25777 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
25778 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25780 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25781 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25782 instead of sending it to the printer.
25784 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25785 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25786 image in a file with that name.
25788 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25790 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
25791 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
25792 Done using the current ps-print setup.
25796 \(fn)" t nil)
25798 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
25799 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
25800 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25802 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25804 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
25805 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
25806 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25808 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25810 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
25811 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
25813 \(fn)" nil nil)
25815 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
25816 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25818 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
25819 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25821 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25822 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25824 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
25826 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
25828 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25830 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
25831 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25833 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
25834 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25836 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25837 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25839 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
25841 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
25843 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
25845 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
25846 foreground and background colors respectively.
25848 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
25849 bold - use bold font.
25850 italic - use italic font.
25851 underline - put a line under text.
25852 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
25853 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
25854 shadow - text will have a shadow.
25855 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
25856 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
25858 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
25860 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
25864 ;;;***
25865 \f
25866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25867 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
25869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
25871 ;;;***
25872 \f
25873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25874 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
25875 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
25877 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
25878 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
25879 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25881 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25883 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
25884 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
25885 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25887 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
25891 ;;;***
25892 \f
25893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
25894 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
25896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
25898 ;;;***
25899 \f
25900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
25901 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
25902 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25906 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
25908 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
25909 Run an inferior Python process.
25911 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
25912 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
25913 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
25914 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
25915 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
25917 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
25918 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
25919 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
25920 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
25922 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
25924 process buffer for a list of commands.)
25926 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
25928 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
25929 Major mode for editing Python files.
25933 \(fn)" t nil)
25935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("python-" "run-python-internal" "inferior-python-mode")))
25937 ;;;***
25938 \f
25939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25940 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
25942 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
25943 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
25944 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
25945 coding-system.
25947 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
25950 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
25951 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
25952 them into characters should be done separately.
25954 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
25956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
25958 ;;;***
25959 \f
25960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
25961 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
25963 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
25964 Return the title of the current Quail package.
25966 \(fn)" nil nil)
25968 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
25969 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
25970 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
25972 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
25973 `quail-activate', which see.
25975 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
25977 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
25978 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
25979 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
25980 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
25981 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
25982 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
25983 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
25985 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
25986 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
25987 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
25988 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
25989 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
25990 shown.
25991 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
25993 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
25994 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
25997 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
25998 list of candidates.
26000 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
26001 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26002 command to be called.
26004 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26005 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26006 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26007 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26009 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26010 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26011 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26012 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26013 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26014 to t.
26016 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26017 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26018 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26019 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26021 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26022 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26023 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26024 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26025 defines no translations for single character keys.
26027 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26028 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26029 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26030 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26031 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26032 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26034 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26035 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26038 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26041 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26042 covers Quail translation region.
26044 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26045 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26046 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26047 for it) is inserted.
26049 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26050 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26051 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26053 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26054 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26055 non-Quail commands.
26057 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26059 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26060 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26062 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26063 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26064 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26065 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26066 you type is correctly handled.
26068 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26070 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26071 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26073 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26074 keyboard type.
26076 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26078 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26079 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26080 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26081 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26082 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26083 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26084 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26085 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26086 for the translation.
26087 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26089 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26090 it is used to handle KEY.
26092 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26093 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26094 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26095 the following annotation types are supported.
26097 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26098 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26100 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26101 candidate list.
26103 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26104 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26105 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26106 inserted.
26108 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26109 generated for the following translations.
26111 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26113 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26114 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26116 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26117 which to install MAP.
26119 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26121 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26123 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26124 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26126 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26127 which to install MAP.
26129 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26131 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26133 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26134 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26135 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26136 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26137 a function, or a cons.
26138 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26139 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26140 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26141 for the translation.
26142 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26143 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26144 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26145 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26146 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26148 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26149 it is used to handle KEY.
26151 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26152 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26153 current Quail package.
26155 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26156 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26158 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26160 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26161 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26163 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26164 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26166 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26168 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26169 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26171 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26173 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26174 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26175 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26176 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26177 of the Emacs source tree.
26179 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26182 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26183 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26184 of each directory.
26186 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26190 ;;;***
26191 \f
26192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26193 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26194 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26196 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26198 ;;;***
26199 \f
26200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26201 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26202 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26204 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26205 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26206 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26207 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26209 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26211 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("hangul" "alphabetp" "notzerop")))
26213 ;;;***
26214 \f
26215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26216 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26217 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
26221 ;;;***
26222 \f
26223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26224 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
26228 ;;;***
26229 \f
26230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26231 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26232 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26236 ;;;***
26237 \f
26238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26239 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26243 ;;;***
26244 \f
26245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26246 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26250 ;;;***
26251 \f
26252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26253 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26254 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26256 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
26258 ;;;***
26259 \f
26260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26261 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26265 ;;;***
26266 \f
26267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26268 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26269 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
26273 ;;;***
26274 \f
26275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26276 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26277 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26279 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26280 Activate UCS input method.
26281 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26283 While this input method is active, the variable
26284 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26286 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
26290 ;;;***
26291 \f
26292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26293 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26297 ;;;***
26298 \f
26299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26300 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26302 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
26303 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26304 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26305 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26307 To make use of this do something like:
26309 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26311 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26313 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26314 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26316 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26317 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26318 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26320 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26322 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26323 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26325 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26327 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26328 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26330 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26331 is decided.
26333 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26335 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26336 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26338 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26339 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26340 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26342 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26344 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26345 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26347 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26349 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26350 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26352 \(fn)" t nil)
26354 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26355 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26357 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26361 \(fn)" t nil)
26363 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26364 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26366 \(fn)" t nil)
26368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26370 ;;;***
26371 \f
26372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26373 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26378 ;;;***
26379 \f
26380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26381 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26383 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26384 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26386 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26388 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26390 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26392 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26394 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26397 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26399 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26400 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26401 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26402 for a description of this minor mode.
26403 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26404 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26405 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26407 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26409 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26410 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26411 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26412 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26413 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("rcirc-" "defun-rcirc-command" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
26419 ;;;***
26420 \f
26421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26422 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26423 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26425 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26427 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26428 Construct a regexp interactively.
26431 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26434 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26436 \(fn)" t nil)
26438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("reb-" "re-builder-unload-function")))
26440 ;;;***
26441 \f
26442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26443 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26445 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26446 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26447 See the `recentf-mode' command
26448 for a description of this minor mode.
26449 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26450 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26451 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26453 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26455 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26457 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26458 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26459 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26463 were operated on recently.
26465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
26469 ;;;***
26470 \f
26471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
26472 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
26474 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
26475 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
26476 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
26477 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
26478 ends.
26480 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26481 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
26482 to be deleted.
26484 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26486 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26487 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26488 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26490 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26491 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26492 deleted.
26494 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
26496 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26497 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26498 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26500 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
26502 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
26503 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26505 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26506 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
26508 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26509 deleted.
26511 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
26512 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
26513 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
26514 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
26515 even beep.)
26517 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26519 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
26520 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26522 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26524 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
26525 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
26527 \(fn)" t nil)
26529 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26530 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
26531 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
26532 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
26533 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
26534 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
26535 and point is at the lower right corner.
26537 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
26539 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
26540 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26542 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
26543 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
26545 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26546 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
26547 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
26549 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26551 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
26553 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
26554 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
26555 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
26556 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
26557 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
26559 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26560 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
26562 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26564 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
26565 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
26566 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
26568 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
26570 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26572 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
26574 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26575 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26577 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26578 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
26579 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
26581 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26583 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
26584 Blank out the region-rectangle.
26585 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
26587 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26588 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
26589 rectangle which were empty.
26591 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26593 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
26594 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
26596 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
26597 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
26598 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
26599 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
26601 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
26603 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
26604 Toggle the region as rectangular.
26605 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
26607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("rectangle-" "clear-rectangle-line" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-" "delete-" "ope" "killed-rectangle" "extract-rectangle-" "apply-on-rectangle")))
26611 ;;;***
26612 \f
26613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
26614 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
26616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
26618 ;;;***
26619 \f
26620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
26621 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
26623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
26625 ;;;***
26626 \f
26627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
26628 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
26630 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
26631 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
26632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
26633 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26634 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26636 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
26637 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
26638 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
26639 auto-filling.
26643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
26647 ;;;***
26648 \f
26649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
26650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
26651 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
26652 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
26653 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
26654 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
26656 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
26657 Turn on RefTeX mode.
26659 \(fn)" nil nil)
26661 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
26668 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
26669 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
26673 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
26676 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
26677 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
26680 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
26681 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
26683 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
26687 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
26688 on the menu bar.
26690 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26694 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
26695 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
26696 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
26698 \(fn)" nil nil)
26700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
26702 ;;;***
26703 \f
26704 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26705 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26706 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
26708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
26710 ;;;***
26711 \f
26712 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
26713 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26714 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
26716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
26718 ;;;***
26719 \f
26720 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
26721 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
26724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
26726 ;;;***
26727 \f
26728 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
26729 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26730 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
26732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
26734 ;;;***
26735 \f
26736 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
26737 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26738 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
26740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
26742 ;;;***
26743 \f
26744 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
26745 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26746 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
26748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
26750 ;;;***
26751 \f
26752 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26753 ;;;;;; (22189 60739 277741 19000))
26754 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
26756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
26758 ;;;***
26759 \f
26760 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
26761 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 815192 607000))
26762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
26764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
26766 ;;;***
26767 \f
26768 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
26769 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 815192 607000))
26770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
26772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
26774 ;;;***
26775 \f
26776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
26777 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26778 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
26779 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26780 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26781 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26782 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
26784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
26786 ;;;***
26787 \f
26788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
26789 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
26792 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
26793 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
26794 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
26795 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
26796 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
26797 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
26802 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26804 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26807 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
26809 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
26810 Return the depth of REGEXP.
26811 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
26812 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
26814 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
26816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
26818 ;;;***
26819 \f
26820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
26821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
26822 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
26824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
26826 ;;;***
26827 \f
26828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
26829 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
26831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
26833 ;;;***
26834 \f
26835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
26836 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
26837 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26839 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
26840 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
26841 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
26842 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
26844 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
26846 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
26849 Call `remember' in another frame.
26851 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26853 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
26854 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
26855 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
26857 \(fn)" t nil)
26859 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
26860 Extract diary entries from the region.
26862 \(fn)" nil nil)
26864 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
26865 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
26866 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
26867 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
26869 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
26871 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
26872 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
26873 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
26874 minor mode.
26876 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
26878 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
26879 Return the buffer.
26881 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
26883 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
26885 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
26887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
26889 ;;;***
26890 \f
26891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
26892 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
26893 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
26895 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
26896 Repeat most recently executed command.
26897 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
26898 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
26899 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
26901 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
26902 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
26903 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
26904 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
26906 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
26910 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
26912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
26914 ;;;***
26915 \f
26916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
26919 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
26920 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
26922 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
26923 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
26924 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
26925 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
26926 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
26927 and point is left after the salutation.
26929 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
26930 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
26931 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
26932 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
26933 left after that text.
26935 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
26936 is non-nil.
26938 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
26939 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
26940 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
26941 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
26943 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
26945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
26947 ;;;***
26948 \f
26949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
26950 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
26952 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
26953 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
26954 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
26955 visibility of comments that precede it.
26956 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
26957 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
26958 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
26959 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
26960 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
26961 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
26962 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
26963 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
26964 the comment lines.
26965 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
26966 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
26967 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
26968 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
26969 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
26971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
26975 ;;;***
26976 \f
26977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
26978 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
26980 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
26981 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
26982 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
26983 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26984 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26986 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
26987 reveals invisible text around point.
26989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26991 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
26992 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
26993 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
26994 for a description of this minor mode.
26995 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26996 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26997 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
26999 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
27001 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27002 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27003 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27005 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
27006 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27007 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27013 ;;;***
27014 \f
27015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27016 ;;;;;; 0))
27017 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27021 ;;;***
27022 \f
27023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27024 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27028 ;;;***
27029 \f
27030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27035 ;;;***
27036 \f
27037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27038 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27042 ;;;***
27043 \f
27044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27049 ;;;***
27050 \f
27051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27056 ;;;***
27057 \f
27058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27059 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27063 ;;;***
27064 \f
27065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27068 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27069 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27071 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27073 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27074 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27076 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27080 ;;;***
27081 \f
27082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27085 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27086 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27087 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27088 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27090 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27092 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27093 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27094 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27095 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27097 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27098 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27100 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27101 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27103 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27104 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27105 INPUT-ARGS.
27107 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27108 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27109 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27110 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27111 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27113 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27114 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27115 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27116 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27118 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27119 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27120 variable.
27122 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27126 ;;;***
27127 \f
27128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27129 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27131 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27132 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27134 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27136 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27138 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27139 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27140 Its name should end with a slash.")
27142 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27143 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27145 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27146 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27147 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27149 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27151 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27152 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27153 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27154 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27155 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27156 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27157 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27159 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27160 sent by you under different user names.
27161 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27163 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27165 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27167 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27169 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27170 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27171 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27172 explicitly.")
27174 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27176 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27177 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27178 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27179 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27180 which normally happens once for each message,
27181 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27182 To make a change in this variable take effect
27183 for a message that you have already viewed,
27186 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27188 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27189 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27190 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27191 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27193 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27195 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27196 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27198 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27201 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27202 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27204 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27206 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27207 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27208 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27209 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27210 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27213 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27215 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27216 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27218 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27221 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27223 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27225 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27226 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27228 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27229 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27231 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27233 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27234 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27236 This is set to nil by default.")
27238 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27239 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27240 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27241 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27242 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27243 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27244 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27246 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27247 Read and edit incoming mail.
27248 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27249 file in RMAIL Mode.
27252 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27253 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27254 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27255 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27257 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27259 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27261 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27263 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27264 Instead, these commands are available:
27280 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27281 till a deleted message is found.
27282 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27295 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27300 (label defaults to last one specified).
27301 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27311 \(fn)" t nil)
27313 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27314 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27316 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27318 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27319 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27321 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("rmail-" "mail-")))
27325 ;;;***
27326 \f
27327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27328 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
27333 ;;;***
27334 \f
27335 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27336 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27337 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
27341 ;;;***
27342 \f
27343 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27344 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27345 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
27349 ;;;***
27350 \f
27351 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27352 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27353 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
27357 ;;;***
27358 \f
27359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27360 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27361 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27363 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27364 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27365 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27366 case it writes Babyl.
27368 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27369 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27370 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27371 `rmail-default-file'.
27373 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27374 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27375 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27377 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27378 the header display is currently pruned.
27380 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27381 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27382 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27383 messages after output.
27385 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27387 message (if writing a file directly).
27389 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27390 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27392 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27394 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27395 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27396 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27397 i) the header is output as currently seen
27398 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27399 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27401 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27402 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27403 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27405 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27407 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27408 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27409 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27411 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27412 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27413 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27415 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27416 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27417 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27419 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
27423 ;;;***
27424 \f
27425 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27426 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27427 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
27431 ;;;***
27432 \f
27433 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
27434 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 835192 607000))
27435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
27437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
27439 ;;;***
27440 \f
27441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
27442 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
27444 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
27445 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
27446 Return a pattern.
27448 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
27450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
27452 ;;;***
27453 \f
27454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27455 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
27457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
27459 ;;;***
27460 \f
27461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27462 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
27464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
27466 ;;;***
27467 \f
27468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
27469 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
27471 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
27473 ;;;***
27474 \f
27475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
27476 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
27478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
27480 ;;;***
27481 \f
27482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
27483 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
27485 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
27486 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
27487 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
27488 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
27490 \(fn)" t nil)
27492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
27494 ;;;***
27495 \f
27496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27497 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
27499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
27501 ;;;***
27502 \f
27503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
27504 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
27506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
27508 ;;;***
27509 \f
27510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
27511 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
27513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
27515 ;;;***
27516 \f
27517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
27518 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
27520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
27522 ;;;***
27523 \f
27524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
27525 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
27527 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
27528 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
27530 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
27531 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
27532 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
27533 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
27534 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
27536 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
27537 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
27538 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
27539 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
27541 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
27542 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
27544 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
27545 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
27546 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
27547 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
27548 to use for finding the schema.
27550 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
27552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
27554 ;;;***
27555 \f
27556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
27557 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
27559 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
27561 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
27562 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
27563 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
27564 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
27565 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
27566 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
27567 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
27568 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
27569 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
27570 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
27571 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
27572 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
27573 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
27574 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
27575 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
27576 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
27577 must be equal.
27579 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
27581 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
27583 ;;;***
27584 \f
27585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27586 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
27588 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
27589 Define a robin package.
27591 NAME is the string of this robin package.
27592 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
27593 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
27594 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
27596 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
27597 one replaces the old one.
27599 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
27601 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
27602 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
27604 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
27605 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
27606 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
27608 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
27610 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
27611 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
27613 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
27615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
27617 ;;;***
27618 \f
27619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
27620 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
27622 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
27623 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
27625 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
27627 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
27628 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
27630 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27632 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
27633 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
27635 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27637 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
27638 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
27639 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
27641 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
27642 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
27643 in ROT13.
27645 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
27647 \(fn)" t nil)
27649 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
27650 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
27652 \(fn)" t nil)
27654 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
27656 ;;;***
27657 \f
27658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
27659 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
27662 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
27663 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
27666 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
27667 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
27668 highlighting.
27672 \(fn)" t nil)
27674 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
27675 Toggle ReST minor mode.
27676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
27677 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27678 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27680 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
27681 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
27682 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
27684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
27688 ;;;***
27689 \f
27690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
27691 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
27693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
27695 ;;;***
27696 \f
27697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
27698 ;;;;;; 0))
27699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
27700 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
27702 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
27703 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
27707 \(fn)" t nil)
27709 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
27711 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
27713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
27715 ;;;***
27716 \f
27717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
27718 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
27719 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
27721 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
27722 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
27723 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
27725 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
27726 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
27727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
27728 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27729 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
27735 ;;;***
27736 \f
27737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
27738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
27740 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
27741 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
27742 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
27743 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
27745 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
27747 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
27748 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
27749 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
27751 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
27752 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
27753 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
27755 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
27756 notation.
27758 STRING
27759 matches string STRING literally.
27761 CHAR
27762 matches character CHAR literally.
27764 `not-newline', `nonl'
27765 matches any character except a newline.
27767 `anything'
27768 matches any character
27770 `(any SET ...)'
27771 `(in SET ...)'
27772 `(char SET ...)'
27773 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
27774 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
27775 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
27777 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
27778 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
27779 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
27780 `word', or one of their synonyms.
27782 `(not (any SET ...))'
27783 matches any character not in SET ...
27785 `line-start', `bol'
27786 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
27787 in the text being matched
27789 `line-end', `eol'
27790 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
27792 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
27793 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27794 string being matched against.
27796 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
27797 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27798 string being matched against.
27800 `buffer-start'
27801 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27802 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
27804 `buffer-end'
27805 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27806 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
27808 `point'
27809 matches the empty string, but only at point.
27811 `word-start', `bow'
27812 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
27814 `word-end', `eow'
27815 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
27817 `word-boundary'
27818 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
27819 word.
27821 `(not word-boundary)'
27822 `not-word-boundary'
27823 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
27824 word.
27826 `symbol-start'
27827 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
27829 `symbol-end'
27830 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
27832 `digit', `numeric', `num'
27833 matches 0 through 9.
27835 `control', `cntrl'
27836 matches ASCII control characters.
27838 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
27839 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
27841 `blank'
27842 matches space and tab only.
27844 `graphic', `graph'
27845 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
27846 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
27847 unassigned by Unicode.
27849 `printing', `print'
27850 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
27852 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
27853 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
27854 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27856 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
27857 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
27858 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27860 `ascii'
27861 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
27863 `nonascii'
27864 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
27866 `lower', `lower-case'
27867 matches anything lower-case.
27869 `upper', `upper-case'
27870 matches anything upper-case.
27872 `punctuation', `punct'
27873 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
27874 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
27876 `space', `whitespace', `white'
27877 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
27879 `word', `wordchar'
27880 matches anything that has word syntax.
27882 `not-wordchar'
27883 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
27885 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
27886 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
27887 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
27906 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
27907 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
27909 `(category CATEGORY)'
27910 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
27911 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
27953 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
27954 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
27956 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27957 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27958 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27959 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27960 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
27962 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27963 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27964 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
27965 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
27967 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27968 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27969 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
27970 group number N.
27972 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27973 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27974 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
27975 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
27976 regular expression.
27978 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
27979 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
27981 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
27982 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
27984 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
27985 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
27987 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
27988 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
27990 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
27991 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
27992 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
27994 `(* SEXP ...)'
27995 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
27996 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
27998 `(*? SEXP ...)'
27999 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
28000 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28002 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28003 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28004 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28006 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28007 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28009 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28010 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28012 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28013 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28014 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28015 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28017 `(? SEXP ...)'
28018 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28020 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28021 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28023 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28024 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28025 matches N occurrences.
28027 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28028 matches N or more occurrences.
28030 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28031 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28032 matches N to M occurrences.
28034 `(backref N)'
28035 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28037 `(eval FORM)'
28038 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28039 `regexp-quote' it.
28041 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28042 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28044 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28048 ;;;***
28049 \f
28050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28051 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28055 ;;;***
28056 \f
28057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28062 ;;;***
28063 \f
28064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28069 ;;;***
28070 \f
28071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28072 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28073 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28077 ;;;***
28078 \f
28079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28080 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28085 ;;;***
28086 \f
28087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28088 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28089 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28091 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28092 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28093 See the `savehist-mode' command
28094 for a description of this minor mode.
28095 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28096 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28097 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28099 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28101 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28102 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28103 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28104 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28105 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28107 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28108 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28109 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28110 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28112 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28113 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28114 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28120 ;;;***
28121 \f
28122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28123 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28125 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28126 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28127 See the `save-place-mode' command
28128 for a description of this minor mode.
28129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28131 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28133 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28135 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28136 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28137 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28138 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28142 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28143 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28144 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28145 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28146 even in a later Emacs session.
28148 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28149 the argument is positive.
28151 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28152 file:
28154 \(save-place-mode 1)
28156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("save-place" "load-save-place-alist-from-file")))
28160 ;;;***
28161 \f
28162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("speedbar-" "defimage-speedbar")))
28167 ;;;***
28168 \f
28169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28172 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28173 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28174 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28176 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28177 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28178 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28179 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28181 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28183 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28185 Commands:
28186 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28187 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28190 \(fn)" t nil)
28192 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28193 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28194 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28196 Commands:
28197 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28198 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28200 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28201 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28202 that variable's value is a string.
28204 \(fn)" t nil)
28206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("scheme-" "dsssl-")))
28208 ;;;***
28209 \f
28210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28213 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28214 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28215 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28219 \(fn)" t nil)
28221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
28223 ;;;***
28224 \f
28225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28226 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28228 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28229 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28230 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28231 for a description of this minor mode.
28232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28233 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28234 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28236 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28238 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28239 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28240 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28241 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28242 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28244 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28245 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28251 ;;;***
28252 \f
28253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28254 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28256 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("set-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "toggle-" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "get-scroll-bar-mode" "previous-scroll-bar-mode")))
28258 ;;;***
28259 \f
28260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28261 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28263 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28264 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28265 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28266 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28267 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28268 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28269 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28270 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28276 ;;;***
28277 \f
28278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28279 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28280 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28281 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28285 ;;;***
28286 \f
28287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28288 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28289 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28291 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28292 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28293 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28295 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28296 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28297 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28298 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28299 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28300 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28301 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28302 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28303 keybinding for tag names.
28304 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28305 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28306 of the symbol under point.
28307 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28308 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28309 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28310 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28311 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28312 syntax tokens.
28313 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28315 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28317 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28318 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28319 See the `semantic-mode' command
28320 for a description of this minor mode.
28321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28323 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28325 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28327 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28328 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28331 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28333 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28334 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28335 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28336 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28337 Semantic mode.
28341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("semantic-" "bovinate")))
28345 ;;;***
28346 \f
28347 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28348 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28349 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
28353 ;;;***
28354 \f
28355 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28356 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (22164 57533 947192
28357 ;;;;;; 607000))
28358 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28362 ;;;***
28363 \f
28364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28365 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28366 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
28370 ;;;***
28371 \f
28372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28373 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28374 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28378 ;;;***
28379 \f
28380 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28381 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28382 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
28386 ;;;***
28387 \f
28388 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28389 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28390 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
28392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
28394 ;;;***
28395 \f
28396 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
28397 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (22362 1462 517419 679000))
28398 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
28400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("semantic" "c++-mode" "c-mode")))
28402 ;;;***
28403 \f
28404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
28405 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28406 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
28408 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
28410 ;;;***
28411 \f
28412 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
28413 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (22362 16472 646303 103000))
28414 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
28416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("lisp-mode" "emacs-lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
28418 ;;;***
28419 \f
28420 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
28421 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28422 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
28424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
28426 ;;;***
28427 \f
28428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
28429 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28430 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
28432 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
28433 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
28435 \(fn)" t nil)
28437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
28439 ;;;***
28440 \f
28441 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
28442 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28443 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
28445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("semantic-" "makefile-mode")))
28447 ;;;***
28448 \f
28449 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
28450 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
28453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
28455 ;;;***
28456 \f
28457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
28458 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28459 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
28461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
28463 ;;;***
28464 \f
28465 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
28466 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (22362 1462 529419 679000))
28467 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
28469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
28471 ;;;***
28472 \f
28473 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
28474 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28475 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
28477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
28479 ;;;***
28480 \f
28481 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
28482 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (22362 1462 533419 679000))
28483 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
28485 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
28487 ;;;***
28488 \f
28489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
28490 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28491 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
28493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
28495 ;;;***
28496 \f
28497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
28498 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28499 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
28501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("semanticdb-" "c++-mode")))
28503 ;;;***
28504 \f
28505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
28506 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28507 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
28509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("semanticdb-" "emacs-lisp-mode")))
28511 ;;;***
28512 \f
28513 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
28514 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (22220 16330 615423 271000))
28515 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
28517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
28519 ;;;***
28520 \f
28521 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
28522 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (22402 8370 54777 743000))
28523 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
28525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
28527 ;;;***
28528 \f
28529 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
28530 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28531 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
28533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
28535 ;;;***
28536 \f
28537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
28538 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28539 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
28541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("semanticdb-" "javascript-mode")))
28543 ;;;***
28544 \f
28545 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
28546 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (22220 16330 615423 271000))
28547 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
28549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
28551 ;;;***
28552 \f
28553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
28554 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28555 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
28557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
28559 ;;;***
28560 \f
28561 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
28562 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28563 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
28565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
28567 ;;;***
28568 \f
28569 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
28570 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28571 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
28573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
28575 ;;;***
28576 \f
28577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
28578 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28579 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
28581 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
28583 ;;;***
28584 \f
28585 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
28586 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (22362 1462 541419 679000))
28587 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
28589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
28591 ;;;***
28592 \f
28593 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
28594 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (22362 1462 545419 679000))
28595 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
28597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("semantic-" "define-semantic-decoration-style")))
28599 ;;;***
28600 \f
28601 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
28602 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28603 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
28605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("semantic-" "defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path")))
28607 ;;;***
28608 \f
28609 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
28610 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
28613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
28615 ;;;***
28616 \f
28617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
28618 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28619 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
28621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
28623 ;;;***
28624 \f
28625 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
28626 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28627 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
28629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
28631 ;;;***
28632 \f
28633 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
28634 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (22164 57533 959192 607000))
28635 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
28637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
28639 ;;;***
28640 \f
28641 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
28642 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (22362 1462 553419 679000))
28643 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
28645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
28647 ;;;***
28648 \f
28649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
28650 ;;;;;; 0))
28651 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
28653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
28655 ;;;***
28656 \f
28657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
28658 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28659 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
28661 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
28663 ;;;***
28664 \f
28665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
28666 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28667 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
28669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
28671 ;;;***
28672 \f
28673 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
28674 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (22164 57533 971192 607000))
28675 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
28677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
28679 ;;;***
28680 \f
28681 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
28682 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (22362 1462 561419 679000))
28683 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
28685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
28687 ;;;***
28688 \f
28689 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
28690 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (22164 57533 971192 607000))
28691 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
28693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
28695 ;;;***
28696 \f
28697 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
28698 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (22362 1462 569419 679000))
28699 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
28701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "define-semantic-idle-service")))
28703 ;;;***
28704 \f
28705 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
28706 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (22362 1462 573419 679000))
28707 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
28709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
28711 ;;;***
28712 \f
28713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
28714 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28715 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
28717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
28719 ;;;***
28720 \f
28721 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
28722 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (22362 16472 670303 103000))
28723 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
28725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("semantic-" "define-lex")))
28727 ;;;***
28728 \f
28729 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
28730 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (22362 16472 662303 103000))
28731 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
28733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("semantic-lex-" "define-lex-spp-")))
28735 ;;;***
28736 \f
28737 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
28738 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (22362 1462 593419 679000))
28739 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
28741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode")))
28743 ;;;***
28744 \f
28745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
28746 ;;;;;; 0))
28747 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
28749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
28751 ;;;***
28752 \f
28753 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
28754 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (22164 57533 983192 607000))
28755 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
28757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
28759 ;;;***
28760 \f
28761 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
28762 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (22189 60738 73741 19000))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
28765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
28767 ;;;***
28768 \f
28769 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
28770 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (22164 57533 983192 607000))
28771 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
28773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
28775 ;;;***
28776 \f
28777 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
28778 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (22362 16472 682303 103000))
28779 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
28781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
28783 ;;;***
28784 \f
28785 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
28786 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (22294 1450 520812 63000))
28787 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
28789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
28791 ;;;***
28792 \f
28793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
28794 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28795 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
28797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
28799 ;;;***
28800 \f
28801 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
28802 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (22294 1450 536812 63000))
28803 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
28805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
28807 ;;;***
28808 \f
28809 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
28810 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (22402 8370 66777 743000))
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
28813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
28815 ;;;***
28816 \f
28817 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
28818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (22294 1450 612812 63000))
28819 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
28821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
28823 ;;;***
28824 \f
28825 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
28826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (22164 57533 987192 607000))
28827 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
28829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
28831 ;;;***
28832 \f
28833 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
28834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28835 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
28837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
28839 ;;;***
28840 \f
28841 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
28842 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (22164 57533 987192 607000))
28843 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
28845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
28847 ;;;***
28848 \f
28849 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
28850 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28851 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
28853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
28855 ;;;***
28856 \f
28857 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
28858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
28861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
28863 ;;;***
28864 \f
28865 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
28866 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (22257 7109 253189 216000))
28867 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
28869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
28871 ;;;***
28872 \f
28873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
28874 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28875 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
28877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
28879 ;;;***
28880 \f
28881 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
28882 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (22164 57534 3192 607000))
28883 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
28885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
28887 ;;;***
28888 \f
28889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
28890 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28891 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
28893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("wisent-" "define-wisent-lexer")))
28895 ;;;***
28896 \f
28897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
28898 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28899 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
28901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
28903 ;;;***
28904 \f
28905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
28906 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28907 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
28909 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
28910 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
28912 \(fn)" t nil)
28914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
28916 ;;;***
28917 \f
28918 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
28919 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28920 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
28922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
28924 ;;;***
28925 \f
28926 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
28927 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
28930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
28932 ;;;***
28933 \f
28934 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
28935 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28936 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
28938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("wisent-python-" "semantic-" "python-")))
28940 ;;;***
28941 \f
28942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
28943 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28944 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
28946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("wisent-" "$region" "$nterm" "$action")))
28948 ;;;***
28949 \f
28950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
28951 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
28953 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
28956 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
28957 king@grassland.com
28958 If `parens', they look like:
28959 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
28960 If `angles', they look like:
28961 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
28963 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
28964 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
28966 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
28968 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
28969 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
28970 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
28971 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
28973 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
28974 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
28975 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
28976 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
28978 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
28980 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
28981 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
28982 This is done when the message is initialized,
28983 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
28985 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
28987 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
28988 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
28989 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
28991 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
28993 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
28994 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
28995 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
28996 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
28997 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
28998 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
28999 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
29001 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29003 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29004 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29006 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29008 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29009 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29010 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29011 be a Babyl file.")
29013 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29015 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29016 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29017 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29018 when you first send mail.")
29020 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29022 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29023 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29024 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29025 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29026 This file need not actually exist.")
29028 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29030 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29031 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29033 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29035 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29036 Alist of mail address aliases,
29037 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29038 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29039 can specify a different file name.)
29040 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29041 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29043 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29044 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29045 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29047 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29049 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29050 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29051 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29053 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29055 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29056 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29057 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29058 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29059 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29060 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29061 in the cited portion of the message.
29063 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29064 instead of no action.")
29066 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29068 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29069 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29070 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29071 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29072 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29074 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29076 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29077 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29078 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29079 If a string, that string is inserted.
29081 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29082 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29083 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29085 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29087 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29088 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29090 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29092 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29093 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29094 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29096 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29097 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29099 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29101 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29102 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29103 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29104 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29106 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29108 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29109 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29110 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29112 \(fn)" nil nil)
29114 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29116 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29119 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29121 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29122 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29123 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29128 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29140 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29141 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29143 \(fn)" t nil)
29145 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29146 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29148 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29150 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29152 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29153 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29154 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29155 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29156 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29157 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29159 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29160 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29161 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29163 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29164 User should not set this variable manually,
29165 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29166 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29167 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29169 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29170 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29171 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29172 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29174 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29175 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29180 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29181 to move to message header fields:
29184 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29185 when the message is initialized.
29187 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29188 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29190 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29191 is inserted.
29193 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29194 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29196 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29197 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29198 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29199 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29200 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29201 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29202 buffer without erasing the contents.
29204 The second through fifth arguments,
29205 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29206 the initial contents of those header fields.
29207 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29208 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29209 original message being replied to, or else an action
29210 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29211 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29212 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29213 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29214 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29215 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29217 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29219 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29220 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29222 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29224 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29225 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29227 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29231 ;;;***
29232 \f
29233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29235 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 18)) package--builtin-versions)
29237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
29239 ;;;***
29240 \f
29241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29242 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29244 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29246 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29248 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29250 (defvar server-name "server" "\
29251 The name of the Emacs server, if this Emacs process creates one.
29252 The command `server-start' makes use of this. It should not be
29253 changed while a server is running.")
29255 (custom-autoload 'server-name "server" t)
29257 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29258 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29259 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29261 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29264 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29265 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29267 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29268 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29269 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29274 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29276 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29277 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29278 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29279 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29281 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29283 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29284 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29285 See the `server-mode' command
29286 for a description of this minor mode.
29287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29288 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29289 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29291 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29293 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29294 Toggle Server mode.
29295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29296 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29297 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29299 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29300 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29301 `server-start' for details.
29303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29305 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29306 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29307 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29309 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29310 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29312 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29314 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
29316 ;;;***
29317 \f
29318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22457 44247 406108 197000))
29319 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29321 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29322 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29324 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29325 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29326 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29327 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29328 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29330 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29331 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29332 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29333 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29334 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29335 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29337 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29338 displayed.
29340 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29341 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29342 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29345 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29347 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29348 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29351 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29352 part):
29354 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29355 formula:
29358 \(fn)" t nil)
29360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("ses" "noreturn" "1value")))
29362 ;;;***
29363 \f
29364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29365 ;;;;;; 0))
29366 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29368 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29369 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29370 Makes > match <.
29372 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29374 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29375 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29376 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29379 in your init file.
29387 \(fn)" t nil)
29389 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29390 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29391 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29392 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29394 which this is based.
29396 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29398 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
29399 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
29400 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
29401 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
29403 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
29404 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
29405 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
29407 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
29408 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
29409 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
29410 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
29415 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
29419 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
29420 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
29421 To work around that, do:
29426 \(fn)" t nil)
29428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
29430 ;;;***
29431 \f
29432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
29433 ;;;;;; 0))
29434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
29435 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
29436 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29438 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
29439 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
29440 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
29441 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
29442 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
29443 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
29445 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
29446 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
29447 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
29448 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
29449 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
29451 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
29452 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
29453 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
29466 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
29470 would indent to the way it currently is.
29472 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
29481 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
29482 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
29483 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
29485 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
29486 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
29487 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
29490 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
29492 \(fn)" t nil)
29494 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
29496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
29498 ;;;***
29499 \f
29500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
29501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
29503 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
29504 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
29506 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
29507 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
29508 else prints messages listing any shadows.
29510 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
29511 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
29512 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
29514 the earlier.
29516 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
29520 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
29521 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
29524 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
29525 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
29527 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
29528 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
29529 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
29530 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
29531 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
29532 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
29533 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
29534 Emacs version).
29536 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
29537 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
29538 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
29539 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
29540 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
29542 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
29543 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
29545 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
29547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
29549 ;;;***
29550 \f
29551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
29552 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
29554 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
29555 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
29556 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
29557 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
29558 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
29559 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
29560 sites in the cluster.
29562 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
29564 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
29565 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
29566 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
29567 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
29568 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
29570 \(fn)" t nil)
29572 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
29573 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
29574 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
29575 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
29576 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
29577 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
29578 `shadow-define-cluster').
29580 \(fn)" t nil)
29582 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
29583 Set up file shadowing.
29585 \(fn)" t nil)
29587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
29589 ;;;***
29590 \f
29591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
29592 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
29595 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
29596 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
29597 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
29598 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
29599 arguments.")
29601 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
29603 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
29604 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
29605 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
29606 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
29607 to change if called with a prefix arg.
29609 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
29610 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
29611 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
29612 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
29613 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
29614 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
29615 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
29616 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
29617 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
29618 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
29619 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
29621 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
29624 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
29625 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
29626 `default-process-coding-system'.
29628 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
29629 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
29630 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
29631 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
29635 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("shell-" "dirs" "explicit-")))
29639 ;;;***
29640 \f
29641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
29642 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
29644 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
29645 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
29647 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29649 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
29650 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
29651 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
29652 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
29654 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
29656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
29658 ;;;***
29659 \f
29660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
29661 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
29663 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
29665 ;;;***
29666 \f
29667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
29668 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
29670 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
29673 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
29675 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
29678 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29680 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
29683 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29685 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
29688 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
29692 ;;;***
29693 \f
29694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
29695 ;;;;;; 0))
29696 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
29698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
29700 ;;;***
29701 \f
29702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29703 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
29705 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
29706 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
29707 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
29708 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
29709 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
29711 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
29713 \(fn)" t nil)
29715 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
29717 ;;;***
29718 \f
29719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
29720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
29722 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
29723 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
29725 Variables controlling indentation style:
29726 `simula-tab-always-indent'
29727 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
29728 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29729 `simula-indent-level'
29730 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
29731 `simula-substatement-offset'
29732 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
29733 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
29734 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
29735 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
29736 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
29737 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
29738 `simula-label-offset' -4711
29739 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
29740 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
29741 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
29742 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
29743 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
29744 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
29745 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
29746 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
29747 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
29748 `simula-electric-indent' nil
29749 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
29750 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
29751 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
29752 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
29753 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
29754 or nil if they should not be changed.
29755 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
29756 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
29757 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
29758 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
29760 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
29761 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
29763 \(fn)" t nil)
29765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
29767 ;;;***
29768 \f
29769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
29770 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
29772 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
29773 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
29775 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
29776 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
29777 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
29778 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
29780 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
29782 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
29784 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
29785 Insert SKELETON.
29786 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
29787 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
29788 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
29789 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
29792 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
29793 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
29795 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
29797 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
29798 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
29800 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
29801 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
29802 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
29803 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
29805 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
29806 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
29807 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
29808 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
29810 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
29811 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
29812 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
29814 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
29815 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
29817 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
29818 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
29821 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
29822 is at bol/eol
29823 _ interesting point, interregion here
29824 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
29825 interesting point set by _
29826 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
29827 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
29828 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
29829 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
29830 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
29831 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
29832 nil skipped
29834 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
29835 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
29838 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
29840 as the first element when at bol.
29842 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
29843 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
29844 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
29846 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
29848 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
29849 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
29851 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
29852 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
29853 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
29854 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
29855 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
29856 available:
29858 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
29859 then: insert previously read string once more
29860 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
29861 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
29862 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
29864 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
29865 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
29867 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
29869 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
29870 Insert the character you type ARG times.
29872 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
29873 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
29874 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
29875 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
29876 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
29877 such as backslash.
29879 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
29880 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
29881 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
29882 twice for the others.
29884 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
29888 ;;;***
29889 \f
29890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29891 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
29893 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
29894 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
29895 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
29896 buffer names.
29898 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
29900 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
29901 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
29902 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29903 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29904 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29909 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
29910 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
29911 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
29913 \(fn)" t nil)
29915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
29917 ;;;***
29918 \f
29919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
29920 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
29922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
29924 ;;;***
29925 \f
29926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
29927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
29929 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
29930 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
29931 A list of images is returned.
29933 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29935 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
29936 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
29937 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
29939 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("smiley-" "gnus-smiley-file-types")))
29943 ;;;***
29944 \f
29945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
29946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
29948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
29950 ;;;***
29951 \f
29952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
29955 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
29958 \(fn)" nil nil)
29960 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
29961 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
29963 \(fn)" t nil)
29965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
29967 ;;;***
29968 \f
29969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
29970 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
29972 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
29973 Play the Snake game.
29974 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
29976 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
29978 Snake mode keybindings:
29988 \(fn)" t nil)
29990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
29992 ;;;***
29993 \f
29994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
29997 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
29998 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
29999 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30000 Tab indents for C code.
30001 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30002 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30004 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30005 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30007 \(fn)" t nil)
30009 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30010 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30011 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30012 Tab indents for C code.
30013 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30014 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30016 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30017 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30019 \(fn)" t nil)
30021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30023 ;;;***
30024 \f
30025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30027 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30031 ;;;***
30032 \f
30033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30034 ;;;;;; 0))
30035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30039 ;;;***
30040 \f
30041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30042 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30044 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30046 ;;;***
30047 \f
30048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30049 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30051 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30052 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30053 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30054 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30055 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30057 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("solar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "calendar-")))
30063 ;;;***
30064 \f
30065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30066 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30068 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30069 Play Solitaire.
30073 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30077 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30078 check after each move or undo.)
30080 What is Solitaire?
30082 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30083 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30084 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30086 Le Solitaire
30087 ============
30089 o o o
30091 o o o
30093 o o o o o o o
30095 o o o . o o o
30097 o o o o o o o
30099 o o o
30101 o o o
30103 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30104 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30105 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30106 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30108 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30109 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30110 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30111 this: o o .
30113 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30114 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30116 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30118 o o o
30120 . o o
30122 o o . o o o o
30124 o . o o o o o
30126 o o o o o o o
30128 o o o
30130 o o o
30132 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30136 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30140 ;;;***
30141 \f
30142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30143 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30144 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30146 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30147 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30149 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30150 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30151 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30152 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30153 contiguous.
30155 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30156 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30157 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30158 the sort order.
30160 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30161 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30163 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30164 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30165 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30166 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30167 is called.
30169 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30170 It should move point to the end of the record.
30172 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30173 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30174 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30175 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30176 starts at the beginning of the record.
30178 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30179 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30180 same as ENDRECFUN.
30182 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30183 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30184 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30185 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30186 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30187 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30188 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30190 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30192 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30193 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30194 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30195 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30196 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30197 the sort order.
30199 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30201 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30202 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30203 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30204 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30205 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30206 the sort order.
30208 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30210 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30211 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30212 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30213 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30214 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30215 the sort order.
30217 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30218 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30220 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30221 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30222 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30223 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30225 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30226 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30227 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30228 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30230 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30232 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30233 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30234 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30235 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30236 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30237 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30238 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30239 the sort order.
30241 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30243 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30244 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
30245 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30246 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30248 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30251 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30252 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30254 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30256 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30257 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30258 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30260 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30262 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30263 the sort order.
30265 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30269 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30271 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30272 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30273 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30274 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30275 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30276 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30277 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30278 the sort order.
30280 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30281 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30282 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30283 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30286 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30288 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30289 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30290 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30292 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30294 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30295 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30296 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30297 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30298 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30299 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30300 each repeated line.
30302 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30303 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30304 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30305 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30307 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30308 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30310 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30311 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30313 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30315 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30317 ;;;***
30318 \f
30319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30320 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
30324 ;;;***
30325 \f
30326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30329 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30330 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30331 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30332 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30333 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30334 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30336 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30340 ;;;***
30341 \f
30342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30343 ;;;;;; 0))
30344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30346 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30347 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30349 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30350 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30351 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30353 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30355 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30356 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30357 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30358 server.
30360 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30362 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30363 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30364 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30366 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30368 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30369 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30371 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30372 Agent is plugged.
30374 \(fn)" t nil)
30376 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30377 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30378 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
30381 \(fn)" t nil)
30383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
30385 ;;;***
30386 \f
30387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
30388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
30390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
30392 ;;;***
30393 \f
30394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
30395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
30397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
30399 ;;;***
30400 \f
30401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30402 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
30404 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
30406 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
30407 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
30408 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
30409 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
30410 supported at a time.
30411 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
30412 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
30414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30416 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
30417 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
30418 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
30419 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
30421 \(fn)" t nil)
30423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
30425 ;;;***
30426 \f
30427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
30428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
30430 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
30431 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
30433 \(fn)" t nil)
30435 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
30436 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
30438 \(fn)" nil nil)
30440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
30442 ;;;***
30443 \f
30444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
30445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
30446 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
30448 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
30449 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
30451 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
30452 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
30453 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
30454 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
30455 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
30456 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
30457 of the current highlighting list.
30459 For example:
30464 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
30465 `_t' as data types.
30467 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
30469 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
30470 Major mode to edit SQL.
30472 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
30474 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
30477 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
30479 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
30480 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
30483 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
30486 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
30487 `sql-interactive-mode'.
30489 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
30490 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
30491 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
30494 (lambda ()
30497 \(fn)" t nil)
30499 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
30500 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
30502 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
30503 their settings.
30505 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
30506 is specified in the connection settings.
30508 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30510 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
30511 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
30513 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30514 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
30516 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
30523 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30525 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
30526 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
30528 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30529 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30530 `*SQL*'.
30532 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
30533 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30534 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
30535 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
30537 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30538 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30543 buffer.
30545 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30548 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30549 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30550 `default-process-coding-system'.
30554 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30556 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
30557 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
30559 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30560 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30561 `*SQL*'.
30563 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
30564 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
30565 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30566 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
30568 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30569 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30574 buffer.
30576 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30579 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30580 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30581 `default-process-coding-system'.
30585 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30587 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
30588 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
30590 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30591 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30592 `*SQL*'.
30594 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
30595 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30597 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30598 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30603 buffer.
30605 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30608 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30609 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30610 `default-process-coding-system'.
30614 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30616 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
30617 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
30619 SQLite is free software.
30621 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30622 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30623 `*SQL*'.
30625 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
30626 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30627 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30628 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
30630 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30631 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30636 buffer.
30638 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30641 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30642 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30643 `default-process-coding-system'.
30647 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30649 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
30650 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
30652 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
30654 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30655 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30656 `*SQL*'.
30658 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
30659 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30660 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30661 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
30663 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30664 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30669 buffer.
30671 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30674 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30675 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30676 `default-process-coding-system'.
30680 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30682 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
30683 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
30685 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30686 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30687 `*SQL*'.
30689 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
30690 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
30691 defaults, if set.
30693 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30694 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30699 buffer.
30701 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30704 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30705 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30706 `default-process-coding-system'.
30710 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30712 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
30713 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
30715 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30716 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30717 `*SQL*'.
30719 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
30720 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30722 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30723 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30728 buffer.
30730 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30733 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30734 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30735 `default-process-coding-system'.
30739 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30741 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
30742 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
30744 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30745 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30746 `*SQL*'.
30748 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
30749 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
30750 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
30751 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
30753 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30754 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30759 buffer.
30761 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30764 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30765 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30766 `default-process-coding-system'.
30770 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30772 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
30773 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
30775 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30776 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30777 `*SQL*'.
30779 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
30780 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
30781 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
30782 `sql-postgres-options'.
30784 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30785 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30790 buffer.
30792 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30795 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30796 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30797 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
30798 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
30799 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
30801 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
30806 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30808 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
30809 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
30811 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30812 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30813 `*SQL*'.
30815 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
30816 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30817 defaults, if set.
30819 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30820 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30825 buffer.
30827 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30830 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30831 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30832 `default-process-coding-system'.
30836 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30838 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
30839 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
30841 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30842 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30843 `*SQL*'.
30845 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
30846 automatic login.
30848 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30849 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30852 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
30853 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
30854 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
30859 buffer.
30861 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30864 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30865 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30866 `default-process-coding-system'.
30870 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30872 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
30873 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
30875 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30876 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30877 `*SQL*'.
30879 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
30880 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
30881 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30882 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
30883 parameters.
30885 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
30886 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
30887 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
30888 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
30889 an empty password.
30891 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30892 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30897 buffer.
30901 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30903 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
30904 Run vsql as an inferior process.
30906 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
30910 ;;;***
30911 \f
30912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30913 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
30914 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
30916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
30918 ;;;***
30919 \f
30920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
30921 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30922 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
30924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
30926 ;;;***
30927 \f
30928 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
30929 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
30930 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
30932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
30934 ;;;***
30935 \f
30936 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
30937 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
30938 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
30940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
30942 ;;;***
30943 \f
30944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
30945 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30946 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
30948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
30950 ;;;***
30951 \f
30952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
30953 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30954 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
30956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
30958 ;;;***
30959 \f
30960 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
30961 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30962 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
30964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
30966 ;;;***
30967 \f
30968 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
30969 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30970 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
30972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
30974 ;;;***
30975 \f
30976 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
30977 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30978 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
30980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
30982 ;;;***
30983 \f
30984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
30985 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30986 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
30988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
30990 ;;;***
30991 \f
30992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
30993 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30994 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
30996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
30998 ;;;***
30999 \f
31000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
31001 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31002 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31006 ;;;***
31007 \f
31008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31009 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31010 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31014 ;;;***
31015 \f
31016 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31017 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31018 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31022 ;;;***
31023 \f
31024 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31025 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (22328 19625 560549 735000))
31026 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
31030 ;;;***
31031 \f
31032 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31033 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31034 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
31038 ;;;***
31039 \f
31040 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31041 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31042 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31044 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31046 ;;;***
31047 \f
31048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31049 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31050 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31054 ;;;***
31055 \f
31056 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31057 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31058 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
31062 ;;;***
31063 \f
31064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31065 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31066 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31068 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31069 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31071 \(fn)" t nil)
31073 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
31077 ;;;***
31078 \f
31079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31080 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31081 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("srecode-" "object-sort-list")))
31085 ;;;***
31086 \f
31087 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31088 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31089 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31093 ;;;***
31094 \f
31095 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31096 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31097 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
31101 ;;;***
31102 \f
31103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31104 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31106 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31107 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31108 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31109 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31110 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31111 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31112 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31113 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31114 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
31115 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31116 with any buffer
31117 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31118 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31119 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31120 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31122 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31126 ;;;***
31127 \f
31128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31129 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31131 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31132 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31133 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31134 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31135 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31136 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31138 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31140 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31142 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31143 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31144 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31145 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31146 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31147 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31148 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31150 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31152 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31153 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31154 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31155 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31156 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31157 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31158 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31160 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31162 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31163 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31164 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31166 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31168 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31169 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31170 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31172 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31174 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31175 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31177 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31179 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31180 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31182 \(fn)" t nil)
31184 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31185 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31187 \(fn)" t nil)
31189 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31190 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31192 by command name.
31193 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31195 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31197 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31198 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31199 See the `strokes-mode' command
31200 for a description of this minor mode.
31201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31202 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31203 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31205 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31207 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31208 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31209 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31210 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31211 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31214 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31219 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31228 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31229 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31230 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31231 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31233 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31235 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31236 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31238 \(fn)" t nil)
31240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31242 ;;;***
31243 \f
31244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31245 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31247 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31248 Studlify-case the region.
31250 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31252 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31253 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31255 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31257 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31258 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31260 \(fn)" t nil)
31262 ;;;***
31263 \f
31264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("read-multiple-choice" "string-" "hash-table-" "when-let" "internal--" "if-let" "thread-")))
31269 ;;;***
31270 \f
31271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31274 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31276 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31277 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31282 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31283 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31284 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31287 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31288 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31289 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31291 Nomenclature Subwords
31292 ===========================================================
31297 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31298 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31304 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31305 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31306 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31307 for a description of this minor mode.
31308 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31309 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31310 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31312 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31314 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31315 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31316 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31317 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31318 ARG is omitted or nil.
31320 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31321 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31322 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31326 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31327 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31328 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31329 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31330 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31332 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31333 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31334 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31341 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31342 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31343 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31344 for a description of this minor mode.
31345 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31346 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31347 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31349 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31351 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31352 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31353 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31354 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31355 ARG is omitted or nil.
31357 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31358 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31359 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("superword-mode-map" "subword-")))
31365 ;;;***
31366 \f
31367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31368 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31370 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31371 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31372 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31373 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31374 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31375 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31376 original message but it does require a few things:
31378 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
31380 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
31381 reply buffer.
31383 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
31384 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
31385 original message.
31387 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
31389 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
31391 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
31392 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
31393 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
31395 \(fn)" nil nil)
31397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
31399 ;;;***
31400 \f
31401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
31402 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
31404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
31406 ;;;***
31407 \f
31408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31409 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
31411 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
31413 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
31414 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31415 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
31416 for a description of this minor mode.
31417 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31418 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31419 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
31421 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
31423 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
31424 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
31425 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
31426 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31427 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31429 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
31430 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
31431 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
31433 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
31434 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
31435 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
31437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
31441 ;;;***
31442 \f
31443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
31444 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
31446 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
31447 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
31448 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31449 buffer.
31451 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31452 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31453 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31455 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31457 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
31458 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
31459 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
31460 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
31461 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31462 buffer.
31464 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31465 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31466 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31468 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
31472 ;;;***
31473 \f
31474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
31475 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
31477 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
31478 Insert an editable text table.
31479 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
31480 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
31481 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
31482 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
31483 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
31484 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
31485 delimiting them.
31487 Examples:
31491 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
31492 location of point.
31494 -!-
31497 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
31498 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
31499 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
31500 first cell.
31502 +-----+-----+-----+
31503 |-!- | | |
31504 +-----+-----+-----+
31508 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
31509 width, which results as
31511 +--------------+-----+-----+
31512 |-!- | | |
31513 +--------------+-----+-----+
31515 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
31516 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
31518 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31519 | | |-!- |
31520 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31522 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
31523 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
31524 width information to `table-insert'.
31526 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
31528 instead of
31530 Cell width(s): 5
31532 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
31533 work all together.
31535 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
31538 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31539 |-!- | | |
31540 | | | |
31541 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31545 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31546 |-!- | | |
31547 | | | |
31548 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31549 | | | |
31550 | | | |
31551 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31553 Move the point under the table as shown below.
31555 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31556 | | | |
31557 | | | |
31558 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31559 | | | |
31560 | | | |
31561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31562 -!-
31564 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
31565 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
31566 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
31568 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31569 | | | |
31570 | | | |
31571 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31572 | | | |
31573 | | | |
31574 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31575 |-!- | | |
31576 | | | |
31577 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31579 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
31580 results.
31582 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31583 | | | |
31584 | | | |
31585 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31586 | | |Text editing inside the table |
31587 | | |cell produces reasonably |
31588 | | |expected results.-!- |
31589 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31590 | | | |
31591 | | | |
31592 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31594 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
31598 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
31600 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
31601 Insert N table row(s).
31602 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
31603 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
31604 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
31605 are appended at the bottom of the table.
31607 \(fn N)" t nil)
31609 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
31610 Insert N table column(s).
31611 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
31612 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
31613 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
31614 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
31616 \(fn N)" t nil)
31618 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
31619 Insert row(s) or column(s).
31620 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
31622 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
31624 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
31625 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
31626 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
31627 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
31628 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
31629 all the table specific features.
31631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31633 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
31636 \(fn)" t nil)
31638 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
31639 Recognize all tables within region.
31640 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
31641 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
31642 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
31643 specific features.
31645 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31647 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
31650 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
31652 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
31653 Recognize a table at point.
31654 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
31655 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
31656 the table specific features.
31658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31660 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
31663 \(fn)" t nil)
31665 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
31666 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
31667 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
31668 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
31669 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
31670 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
31671 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
31673 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
31675 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
31678 \(fn)" t nil)
31680 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
31681 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
31682 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
31683 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
31684 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
31685 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
31686 specified.
31688 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31690 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
31691 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
31692 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
31693 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
31694 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
31695 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
31696 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
31697 table structure.
31699 \(fn N)" t nil)
31701 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
31702 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
31703 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
31704 table's rectangle structure.
31706 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31708 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
31709 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
31710 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
31711 table's rectangle structure.
31713 \(fn N)" t nil)
31715 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
31716 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
31717 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31718 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
31719 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
31721 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
31723 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
31727 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
31728 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
31729 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
31730 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
31731 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
31732 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
31733 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
31735 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31736 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
31737 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
31738 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
31739 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
31740 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
31741 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31743 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
31744 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
31745 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
31746 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
31747 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
31748 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
31749 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
31750 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31752 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
31754 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
31755 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
31756 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31757 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
31759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31761 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
31762 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
31763 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
31765 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
31767 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
31768 Split current cell vertically.
31769 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
31771 \(fn)" t nil)
31773 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
31774 Split current cell horizontally.
31775 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
31777 \(fn)" t nil)
31779 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
31780 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
31781 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
31783 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
31785 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
31786 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
31787 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
31788 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
31790 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31792 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
31793 Justify cell contents.
31794 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
31795 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
31796 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
31797 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
31799 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
31801 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
31802 Justify cells of a row.
31803 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31804 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31806 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31808 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
31809 Justify cells of a column.
31810 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31811 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31813 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31815 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
31816 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
31817 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
31818 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
31819 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
31820 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
31821 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
31823 run-time.
31825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31827 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
31828 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
31829 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
31830 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
31831 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
31832 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
31833 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
31834 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
31835 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
31836 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
31837 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
31839 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
31841 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
31842 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
31843 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
31844 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
31845 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
31846 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
31847 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
31848 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
31849 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
31850 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
31851 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
31852 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
31853 untouched.
31855 References used for this implementation:
31857 HTML:
31858 URL `http://www.w3.org'
31860 LaTeX:
31861 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
31863 CALS (DocBook DTD):
31864 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
31865 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
31867 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
31869 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
31870 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
31871 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
31872 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
31873 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
31874 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
31875 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
31876 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
31877 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
31878 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
31879 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
31880 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
31881 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
31882 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
31883 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
31884 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
31885 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
31887 Example:
31889 (progn
31890 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
31891 (table-forward-cell 15)
31893 (table-forward-cell 16)
31895 (table-forward-cell 1)
31898 (progn
31899 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
31901 (table-forward-cell 1)
31904 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31906 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
31907 Delete N row(s) of cells.
31908 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
31909 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
31910 consists from cells of same height.
31912 \(fn N)" t nil)
31914 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
31915 Delete N column(s) of cells.
31916 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
31917 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
31918 column must consists from cells of same width.
31920 \(fn N)" t nil)
31922 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
31923 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
31924 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
31925 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
31926 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
31927 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
31928 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
31929 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
31930 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
31931 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
31932 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
31933 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
31934 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
31935 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
31936 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
31939 Example 1:
31941 1, 2, 3, 4
31942 5, 6, 7, 8
31943 , 9, 10
31945 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
31947 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
31948 specified as 5.
31950 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31951 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
31952 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31953 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
31954 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31955 | | 9 | 10 | |
31956 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31958 Note:
31962 of each row is optional.
31965 Example 2:
31967 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
31968 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
31969 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
31970 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
31971 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
31973 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
31974 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
31976 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
31977 expression and raw delimiter regular
31978 expression, it parses the specified text
31979 area and extracts cell items from
31980 non-table text and then forms a table out
31981 of them.
31983 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
31984 creates a single cell table. The text in
31985 the specified region is placed in that
31986 cell.-*-
31988 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
31989 like this.
31991 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
31992 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
31993 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
31994 | |
31995 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
31996 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
31997 | expression, it parses the specified text |
31998 | area and extracts cell items from |
31999 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
32000 | of them. |
32001 | |
32002 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32003 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32004 | the specified region is placed in that |
32005 | cell. |
32006 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32008 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32009 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32010 independently.
32012 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32013 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32014 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32015 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32016 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32017 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32018 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32019 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32020 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32021 | |of them. |
32022 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32023 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32024 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32025 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32026 | |cell. |
32027 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32029 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32030 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32031 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32033 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32035 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32036 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32037 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32038 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32039 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32041 \(fn)" t nil)
32043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("table-" "*table--")))
32045 ;;;***
32046 \f
32047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
32048 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
32050 (push (purecopy '(tabulated-list 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32052 ;;;***
32053 \f
32054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32055 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32057 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32058 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32060 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32062 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32063 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32065 \(fn)" t nil)
32067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32069 ;;;***
32070 \f
32071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32072 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32074 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32075 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32076 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32077 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32078 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32079 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32080 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32082 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32084 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32085 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32087 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32090 \(fn)" t nil)
32092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
32094 ;;;***
32095 \f
32096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32099 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32100 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32101 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32102 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32103 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32104 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32106 Variables controlling indentation style:
32107 `tcl-indent-level'
32108 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32109 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32110 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32112 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32113 documentation for details):
32114 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32115 Controls action of TAB key.
32116 `tcl-auto-newline'
32117 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32118 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32119 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32120 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32121 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32123 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32124 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32125 already exist.
32127 \(fn)" t nil)
32129 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32130 Run inferior Tcl process.
32131 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32132 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32134 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32136 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32137 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32138 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32140 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("tcl-" "calculate-tcl-indent" "inferior-tcl-" "indent-tcl-exp" "add-log-tcl-defun" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl")))
32144 ;;;***
32145 \f
32146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32147 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
32152 ;;;***
32153 \f
32154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32155 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32156 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
32160 ;;;***
32161 \f
32162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32165 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32166 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32167 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32170 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32171 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32172 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32173 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32174 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32176 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32178 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32179 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32180 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32181 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32183 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32185 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("telnet-" "send-process-next-char")))
32187 ;;;***
32188 \f
32189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32190 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32192 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32194 ;;;***
32195 \f
32196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32197 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32199 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32200 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32201 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32202 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32203 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32204 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32206 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32208 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32209 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32210 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32211 commands to use in that buffer.
32215 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32217 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32218 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32220 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32222 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32223 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32224 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32227 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32228 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32229 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32230 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32231 use in that buffer.
32234 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32236 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("serial-" "term-" "ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name")))
32238 ;;;***
32239 \f
32240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32241 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32244 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32245 Start coverage on function under point.
32247 \(fn)" t nil)
32249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
32251 ;;;***
32252 \f
32253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32254 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32255 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32257 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32258 Play the Tetris game.
32259 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32260 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32261 as to form complete rows.
32263 tetris-mode keybindings:
32274 \(fn)" t nil)
32276 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32278 ;;;***
32279 \f
32280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32281 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32283 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32284 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32286 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32288 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32289 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32290 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32294 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32296 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32297 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32298 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32299 if it matches the first line of the file,
32300 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32302 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32304 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32305 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32306 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32307 if the variable is non-nil.")
32309 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32311 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32314 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32316 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32317 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32318 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32319 See the documentation of that variable.")
32321 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32323 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32324 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32325 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32326 See the documentation of that variable.")
32328 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32330 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32331 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32332 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32333 See the documentation of that variable.")
32335 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32337 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32338 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32339 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32340 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32341 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32343 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32346 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32347 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32348 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32350 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32352 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32353 User defined LaTeX block names.
32354 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32356 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32358 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32359 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32360 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32361 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32363 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32365 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32367 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32368 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32370 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32372 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32374 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32375 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
32377 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
32378 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
32379 for example,
32381 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32385 use.")
32387 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32389 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
32391 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
32392 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32393 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
32395 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
32397 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
32399 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
32403 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
32405 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
32406 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
32407 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
32408 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
32409 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
32411 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
32413 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32416 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
32418 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32421 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
32423 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32424 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
32425 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
32426 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
32427 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
32428 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
32429 says which mode to use.
32431 \(fn)" t nil)
32433 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
32435 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
32437 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
32439 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32440 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
32441 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32446 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
32454 mismatched $'s or braces.
32456 Special commands:
32459 Mode variables:
32460 tex-run-command
32462 tex-directory
32463 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
32465 tex-dvi-print-command
32467 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32469 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32470 tex-dvi-view-command
32472 tex-show-queue-command
32476 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32477 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
32478 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32480 \(fn)" t nil)
32482 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32483 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
32484 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32497 mismatched $'s or braces.
32499 Special commands:
32502 Mode variables:
32503 latex-run-command
32505 tex-directory
32506 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
32508 tex-dvi-print-command
32510 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32512 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32513 tex-dvi-view-command
32515 tex-show-queue-command
32519 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
32520 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
32521 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32523 \(fn)" t nil)
32525 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32526 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
32527 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32540 mismatched $'s or braces.
32542 Special commands:
32545 Mode variables:
32546 slitex-run-command
32548 tex-directory
32549 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
32551 tex-dvi-print-command
32553 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32555 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32556 tex-dvi-view-command
32558 tex-show-queue-command
32562 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32563 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
32564 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
32565 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32567 \(fn)" t nil)
32569 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
32572 \(fn)" nil nil)
32574 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32575 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
32577 \(fn)" t nil)
32579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("tex-" "doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map")))
32581 ;;;***
32582 \f
32583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32584 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
32586 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
32587 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
32588 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32589 name specified in the @setfilename command.
32591 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
32592 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
32593 `Info-split' to do these manually.
32595 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32597 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
32598 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
32599 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
32601 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
32603 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
32605 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
32606 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
32607 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32608 names specified in the @setfilename command.
32610 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
32611 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
32612 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
32613 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
32615 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
32616 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
32618 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
32622 ;;;***
32623 \f
32624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32625 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
32627 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32630 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
32632 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32635 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
32637 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
32638 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
32640 It has these extra commands:
32643 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
32645 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
32646 modified version of TeX input format.
32648 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
32649 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
32650 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
32654 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
32655 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
32656 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
32657 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
32659 in the Texinfo file.
32661 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
32662 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
32663 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
32665 move forward past the closing brace.
32667 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
32668 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
32670 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
32671 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
32672 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
32674 Here are the functions:
32678 texinfo-sequential-node-update
32682 texinfo-master-menu
32684 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
32686 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
32687 which menu descriptions are indented.
32689 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
32690 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
32691 in the region.
32693 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
32694 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
32695 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
32696 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
32698 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
32699 be the first node in the file.
32701 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
32702 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
32704 \(fn)" t nil)
32706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
32708 ;;;***
32709 \f
32710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
32711 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
32714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
32716 ;;;***
32717 \f
32718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
32719 ;;;;;; 0))
32720 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
32722 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
32723 Compose Thai characters in the region.
32724 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32725 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
32727 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32729 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
32730 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
32732 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
32734 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
32735 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
32737 \(fn)" t nil)
32739 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
32742 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
32744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
32746 ;;;***
32747 \f
32748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
32749 ;;;;;; 0))
32750 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
32752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
32754 ;;;***
32755 \f
32756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32757 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
32759 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
32760 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
32761 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32762 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32763 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32764 `line', and `page'.
32766 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
32768 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32769 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
32770 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32771 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32772 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32773 `line', and `page'.
32775 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
32776 valid THING.
32778 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
32779 positions of the thing found.
32781 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
32783 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32784 Return the THING at point.
32785 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32786 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32787 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32788 `line', `number', and `page'.
32790 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
32791 strip text properties from the return value.
32793 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
32794 a symbol as a valid THING.
32796 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
32798 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32799 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
32801 \(fn)" nil nil)
32803 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32804 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
32806 \(fn)" nil nil)
32808 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32809 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
32811 \(fn)" nil nil)
32813 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32814 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
32816 \(fn)" nil nil)
32818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("form-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "sentence-at-point" "word-at-point" "in-string-p" "end-of-thing" "beginning-of-thing")))
32820 ;;;***
32821 \f
32822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
32823 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
32825 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
32826 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
32828 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
32830 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
32831 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
32832 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
32833 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
32835 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
32837 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
32838 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
32840 \(fn)" t nil)
32842 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
32843 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
32845 \(fn)" t nil)
32847 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
32849 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
32850 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
32852 \(fn)" t nil)
32854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
32856 ;;;***
32857 \f
32858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
32860 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
32864 ;;;***
32865 \f
32866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
32867 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32868 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
32870 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
32871 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
32872 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
32874 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
32876 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
32877 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
32879 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32881 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
32882 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
32883 The returned string has no composition information.
32885 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32887 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
32888 Compose Tibetan string STR.
32890 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32892 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
32893 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
32895 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32897 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
32898 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
32899 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
32900 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32902 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32904 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
32905 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
32906 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
32907 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32909 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32911 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32912 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
32913 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
32915 \(fn)" t nil)
32917 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32918 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
32919 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
32921 \(fn)" t nil)
32923 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32926 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32928 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32931 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32933 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
32936 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
32940 ;;;***
32941 \f
32942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
32943 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
32944 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32946 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
32947 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
32948 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32949 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32950 parameters.
32951 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32952 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32953 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32955 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32957 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
32958 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
32959 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32960 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32961 parameters.
32962 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32963 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32964 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32966 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32968 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
32969 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
32971 If
32972 * character before point is a space character,
32974 constituent),
32975 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
32976 characters) from before the space character, and
32977 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
32978 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
32979 return t.
32981 Otherwise, if
32982 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
32983 * character before point is a space character, and
32984 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
32985 `tildify-space-string' variable,
32986 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
32988 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
32990 \(fn)" t nil)
32992 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
32993 Adds electric behavior to space character.
32995 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
32996 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
32997 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
32998 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
33000 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
33001 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
33002 variable will be set to the representation.
33004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
33008 ;;;***
33009 \f
33010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
33011 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
33013 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33016 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33017 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33019 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33020 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33021 This display updates automatically every minute.
33022 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33023 are displayed as well.
33024 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33026 \(fn)" t nil)
33028 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33029 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33030 See the `display-time-mode' command
33031 for a description of this minor mode.
33032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33034 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33036 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33038 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33039 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33040 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33041 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33042 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33044 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33045 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33046 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33047 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33048 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33052 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33053 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33054 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33055 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33057 \(fn)" t nil)
33059 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33060 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33061 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33064 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33066 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33067 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33069 \(fn)" t nil)
33071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
33073 ;;;***
33074 \f
33075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33076 ;;;;;; 0))
33077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33079 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33080 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33081 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33083 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33085 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33087 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33088 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33090 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33092 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33093 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33095 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33097 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33098 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33099 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33101 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33103 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "25.2")
33105 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33106 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33107 DATE should be a date-time string.
33109 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33111 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33112 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33113 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33115 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33117 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33118 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33120 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33122 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33123 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33125 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33127 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33128 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33129 TIME should be a time value.
33130 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33132 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33134 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33135 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33136 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33138 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33140 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33141 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33142 The valid format specifiers are:
33143 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33144 %d is the number of days.
33145 %h is the number of hours.
33146 %m is the number of minutes.
33147 %s is the number of seconds.
33148 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33152 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33160 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33162 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33164 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33166 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33167 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33169 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("seconds-to-string" "time-" "encode-time-value" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33173 ;;;***
33174 \f
33175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33176 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33177 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33178 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33179 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33180 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33181 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33182 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33183 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33184 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33186 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33187 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33188 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33189 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33191 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33192 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33193 look like one of the following:
33194 Time-stamp: <>
33196 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33197 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33198 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33199 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33200 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33201 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33202 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33203 the template.
33205 \(fn)" t nil)
33207 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33209 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
33215 ;;;***
33216 \f
33217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33218 ;;;;;; 0))
33219 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33220 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33222 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33223 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33224 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33225 for a description of this minor mode.
33226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33227 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33228 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33230 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33232 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33233 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33234 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33235 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33236 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33237 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33238 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33239 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33240 display (non-nil means on).
33242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33244 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33245 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33246 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33247 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33248 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33249 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33250 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33251 this function is called within a day.
33253 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33254 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33255 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33256 discover the name of the project.
33258 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33260 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33261 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33262 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33263 begun during the last time segment.
33265 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33266 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33267 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33268 discover the reason.
33270 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33272 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33273 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33274 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33275 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33276 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33278 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33280 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33281 Change to working on a different project.
33282 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33283 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33284 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33285 working on.
33287 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33289 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33290 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33291 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33293 \(fn)" nil nil)
33295 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33296 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33297 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33299 \(fn)" t nil)
33301 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33302 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33303 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33304 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33305 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33308 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33310 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33311 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33312 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33313 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33315 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33317 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33318 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33319 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33320 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33321 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33322 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33324 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33328 ;;;***
33329 \f
33330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33331 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33334 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
33335 List all timers in a buffer.
33337 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33338 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
33342 ;;;***
33343 \f
33344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33345 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33349 ;;;***
33350 \f
33351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33352 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33353 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33355 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33356 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33357 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33358 the generated Quail package is saved.
33360 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33362 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33363 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
33364 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
33365 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
33370 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
33372 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "ziranma-converter" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-")))
33374 ;;;***
33375 \f
33376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
33377 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
33379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("open-tls-stream" "tls-")))
33381 ;;;***
33382 \f
33383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
33384 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
33385 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
33386 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
33388 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
33389 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33390 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33391 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
33392 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
33395 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
33396 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
33398 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
33400 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
33401 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33402 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
33403 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
33404 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33406 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33408 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
33409 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
33410 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
33411 in the menu in two ways:
33412 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
33413 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
33414 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
33416 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
33417 keymap or an alist of alists.
33418 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
33419 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
33421 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
33423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
33425 ;;;***
33426 \f
33427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
33428 ;;;;;; 0))
33429 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
33431 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
33432 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
33434 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
33435 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
33436 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
33437 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
33438 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
33439 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
33440 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
33441 file was last visited.
33443 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
33444 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
33445 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
33446 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
33447 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
33448 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
33449 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
33450 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
33451 for the first item.
33453 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
33454 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
33455 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
33456 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
33457 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
33458 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
33459 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
33460 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
33462 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
33463 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
33465 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
33466 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
33468 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
33470 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
33471 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
33475 \(fn)" t nil)
33477 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
33478 Major mode for archived todo categories.
33482 \(fn)" t nil)
33484 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
33485 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
33489 \(fn)" t nil)
33491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
33493 ;;;***
33494 \f
33495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
33496 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
33498 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
33499 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
33500 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
33502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33504 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
33505 Add an item to the tool bar.
33506 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33507 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33508 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33509 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33511 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33512 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33513 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33514 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33516 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33517 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
33519 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33521 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
33522 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
33523 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33524 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33525 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33526 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33528 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33529 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33530 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33531 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33533 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33535 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33536 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
33537 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
33538 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33539 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33540 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33541 properties to add to the binding.
33543 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
33545 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33546 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
33548 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33550 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33551 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
33552 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
33553 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33554 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33555 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33556 properties to add to the binding.
33558 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
33559 holds a keymap.
33561 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
33565 ;;;***
33566 \f
33567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
33568 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
33570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
33572 ;;;***
33573 \f
33574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
33575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
33577 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
33578 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
33579 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
33580 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
33581 to a tcp server on another machine.
33583 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
33585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
33587 ;;;***
33588 \f
33589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
33590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
33592 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
33593 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
33595 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
33597 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
33598 Helper function to get internal values.
33599 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
33601 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
33603 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
33604 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
33605 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
33606 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
33608 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
33609 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
33610 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
33611 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
33612 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
33614 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
33615 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
33616 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
33617 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
33619 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
33621 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33623 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
33624 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
33625 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
33626 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
33628 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33630 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
33632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("untrace-" "trace-" "inhibit-trace")))
33634 ;;;***
33635 \f
33636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33637 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
33639 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
33640 Whether Tramp is enabled.
33641 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
33643 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
33645 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
33646 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
33648 It can have the following values:
33650 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
33651 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
33653 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
33655 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
33656 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33657 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33659 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33662 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33663 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33665 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33666 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
33667 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
33668 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
33669 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
33670 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
33671 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
33672 files which are not really Tramp files.
33674 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33675 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33676 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33677 updated after changing this variable.
33679 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33681 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
33682 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33683 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33685 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33688 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33689 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33691 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33692 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
33693 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
33695 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33696 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33697 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33698 updated after changing this variable.
33700 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33702 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
33703 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
33704 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
33705 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
33706 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args)
33707 (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))
33709 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
33710 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
33712 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
33713 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
33715 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
33717 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
33720 \(fn)" nil nil)
33722 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
33723 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.
33725 This is necessary, because Tramp uses a heuristic depending on last
33726 input event. This fails when external packages use other characters
33728 should never be set globally, the intention is to let-bind it.")
33730 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
33731 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
33733 \(fn)" t nil)
33735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
33737 ;;;***
33738 \f
33739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33740 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
33742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
33744 ;;;***
33745 \f
33746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
33747 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
33749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
33751 ;;;***
33752 \f
33753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
33754 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
33756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
33758 ;;;***
33759 \f
33760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
33761 ;;;;;; 0))
33762 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
33764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-compat-")))
33766 ;;;***
33767 \f
33768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33769 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
33771 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
33774 \(fn)" nil nil)
33776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
33778 ;;;***
33779 \f
33780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33781 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
33783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-call-method")))
33785 ;;;***
33786 \f
33787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gw" "net/tramp-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
33788 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gw.el
33790 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gw" '("tramp-gw-" "socks-")))
33792 ;;;***
33793 \f
33794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
33795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
33797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
33799 ;;;***
33800 \f
33801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33802 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
33804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
33806 ;;;***
33807 \f
33808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
33809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
33811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
33813 ;;;***
33814 \f
33815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
33816 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
33817 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 1 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
33819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
33821 ;;;***
33822 \f
33823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
33824 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
33826 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
33828 ;;;***
33829 \f
33830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
33831 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
33833 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
33834 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
33835 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
33836 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
33837 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
33838 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
33839 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
33840 any question when restarting the tutorial.
33842 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
33843 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
33844 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
33846 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
33847 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
33848 resumed later.
33850 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
33852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
33854 ;;;***
33855 \f
33856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
33857 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
33859 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
33862 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
33864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
33866 ;;;***
33867 \f
33868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
33869 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33870 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
33871 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
33872 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
33873 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
33875 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
33876 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
33879 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
33880 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
33881 first and the associated buffer to its right.
33883 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
33885 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
33886 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
33887 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
33888 accepting the proposed default buffer.
33892 \(fn)" t nil)
33894 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
33895 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
33896 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
33897 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
33898 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
33899 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
33900 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
33902 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
33903 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
33905 First column's text sSs Second column's text
33912 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
33914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
33916 ;;;***
33917 \f
33918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
33919 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
33921 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
33922 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
33923 See the `type-break-mode' command
33924 for a description of this minor mode.
33925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33927 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
33929 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
33931 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
33932 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
33933 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
33935 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
33936 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
33937 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
33938 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
33939 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
33940 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
33941 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
33943 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
33944 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
33946 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
33947 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
33948 reset the keystroke counter.
33950 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
33951 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
33952 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
33953 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
33955 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
33956 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
33957 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
33958 `type-break-schedule' command.
33960 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
33961 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
33962 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
33963 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
33964 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
33965 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
33966 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
33967 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
33968 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
33970 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
33971 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
33972 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
33973 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
33974 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
33976 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
33977 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
33978 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
33979 approximate good values for this.
33981 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
33982 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
33984 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
33985 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
33986 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
33987 `type-break-warning-repeat'
33988 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
33989 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
33991 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
33992 a typing break occur. They include:
33994 `type-break-query-mode'
33995 `type-break-query-function'
33996 `type-break-query-interval'
33998 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
34000 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
34001 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
34002 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
34003 problems.
34005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34007 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34008 Take a typing break.
34010 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34011 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34013 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34014 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34016 \(fn)" t nil)
34018 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34019 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34020 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34021 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34023 \(fn)" t nil)
34025 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34026 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34028 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34029 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34030 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34031 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34032 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34033 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34034 average typing speed.)
34036 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34037 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34038 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34039 the computed maximum threshold.
34041 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34042 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34043 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34044 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34045 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34047 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
34051 ;;;***
34052 \f
34053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34054 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34056 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34057 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34058 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34059 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34060 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34062 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34066 ;;;***
34067 \f
34068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34069 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34070 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34072 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34073 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34075 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34077 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34078 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34080 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34082 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34083 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34085 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34087 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34088 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34090 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34092 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34093 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34095 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34097 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34098 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34100 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34102 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34103 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34105 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34107 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34108 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34110 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34112 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34113 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34115 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34117 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34118 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34120 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34122 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34123 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34125 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34127 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34128 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34130 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34134 ;;;***
34135 \f
34136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34137 ;;;;;; 0))
34138 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34140 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34141 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34142 Works by overstriking underscores.
34143 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34144 which specify the range to operate on.
34146 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34148 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34149 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34150 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34151 which specify the range to operate on.
34153 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34155 ;;;***
34156 \f
34157 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34158 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 843192 607000))
34159 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34161 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
34163 ;;;***
34164 \f
34165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34166 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34168 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34169 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34170 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34171 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34172 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34173 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34175 \(fn)" nil nil)
34177 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34178 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34179 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34181 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34183 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34185 ;;;***
34186 \f
34187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34190 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34191 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34192 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34193 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34195 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34197 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("unsafep-" "safe-functions")))
34199 ;;;***
34200 \f
34201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34202 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34204 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34205 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34206 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34207 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34208 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34210 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34211 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34212 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34213 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34214 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34215 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34217 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34218 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34219 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34221 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34222 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34223 the callback is not called).
34225 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34226 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34227 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34228 take effect.
34230 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34231 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34232 the server.
34233 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34234 URL-encoded before it's used.
34236 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34238 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34239 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34240 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34241 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34242 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34244 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34245 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34246 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34247 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34249 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34251 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34253 ;;;***
34254 \f
34255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34256 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
34260 ;;;***
34261 \f
34262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34263 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34265 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34266 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34267 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34269 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34270 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34271 `url-generic-parse-url'
34272 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34273 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34274 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34275 realm
34276 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34277 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34278 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34279 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34280 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34281 what type of auth to use
34282 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34283 if one cannot be found in the cache
34285 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34287 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34288 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34290 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34291 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34292 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34293 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34294 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34295 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34296 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34297 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34299 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
34303 ;;;***
34304 \f
34305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34306 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34308 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34309 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34311 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34313 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34314 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34315 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34317 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34319 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34320 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34322 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
34326 ;;;***
34327 \f
34328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34329 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34331 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34334 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34336 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34338 ;;;***
34339 \f
34340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34341 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
34345 ;;;***
34346 \f
34347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34348 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34350 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34351 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34352 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34354 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34356 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34357 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34358 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34359 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34361 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34362 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34363 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34364 though.
34366 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34368 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34369 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34370 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34372 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34374 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34377 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
34381 ;;;***
34382 \f
34383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34384 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
34388 ;;;***
34389 \f
34390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34391 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
34395 ;;;***
34396 \f
34397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
34398 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
34400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
34402 ;;;***
34403 \f
34404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
34405 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
34407 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
34408 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
34410 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
34412 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
34414 ;;;***
34415 \f
34416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34417 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
34419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
34421 ;;;***
34422 \f
34423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
34424 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
34426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
34428 ;;;***
34429 \f
34430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
34431 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
34433 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
34434 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
34436 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
34438 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
34439 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
34440 Args per `open-network-stream'.
34441 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
34442 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
34444 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
34445 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
34447 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
34449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
34451 ;;;***
34452 \f
34453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
34454 ;;;;;; 0))
34455 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
34457 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
34458 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
34459 See the `url-handler-mode' command
34460 for a description of this minor mode.
34461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34463 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
34465 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
34467 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
34468 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
34469 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
34470 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
34471 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
34473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34475 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
34476 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34477 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
34478 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
34480 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34482 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
34483 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
34484 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
34485 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
34486 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
34487 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
34488 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
34489 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
34490 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
34491 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
34493 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
34495 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
34496 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
34497 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
34498 accessible.
34500 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
34502 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
34503 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
34504 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
34505 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
34507 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34509 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
34512 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
34516 ;;;***
34517 \f
34518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
34519 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
34521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
34523 ;;;***
34524 \f
34525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22457 44247 409108
34526 ;;;;;; 239000))
34527 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
34528 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
34530 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
34531 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
34532 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
34533 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
34534 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
34536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
34538 ;;;***
34539 \f
34540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34541 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
34543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
34545 ;;;***
34546 \f
34547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34548 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
34550 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
34553 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
34557 ;;;***
34558 \f
34559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34560 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
34562 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
34563 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
34564 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
34565 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
34566 `url-generic-parse-url'.
34568 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
34572 ;;;***
34573 \f
34574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
34575 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
34577 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
34580 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
34582 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
34583 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
34585 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
34589 ;;;***
34590 \f
34591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
34592 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
34594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
34596 ;;;***
34597 \f
34598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34599 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
34601 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
34602 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
34604 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34606 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
34607 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
34609 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34611 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
34614 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34616 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34618 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34620 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34622 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
34623 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
34625 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
34629 ;;;***
34630 \f
34631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
34632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
34634 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
34637 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34639 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
34642 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
34646 ;;;***
34647 \f
34648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34649 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
34651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
34653 ;;;***
34654 \f
34655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
34656 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
34658 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
34661 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34663 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
34666 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
34668 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
34671 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34673 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
34676 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34678 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
34681 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
34683 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
34686 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
34688 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
34691 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
34693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
34695 ;;;***
34696 \f
34697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
34698 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
34700 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
34701 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
34703 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
34705 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
34706 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
34707 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
34709 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
34710 USER is the user name (string or nil).
34711 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
34712 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
34713 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
34714 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
34715 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
34716 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
34717 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
34718 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
34719 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
34720 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
34721 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
34724 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
34725 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
34726 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
34728 Here is an example. The URL
34730 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
34732 parses to
34738 PORTSPEC = 42
34741 ATTRIBUTES = nil
34742 FULLNESS = t
34744 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
34748 ;;;***
34749 \f
34750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34751 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
34753 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
34754 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
34756 \(fn)" t nil)
34758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
34760 ;;;***
34761 \f
34762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34763 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
34765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
34767 ;;;***
34768 \f
34769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
34770 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
34772 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
34773 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34774 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
34775 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
34776 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
34777 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
34779 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
34783 ;;;***
34784 \f
34785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34786 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
34788 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
34789 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
34790 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
34792 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
34794 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
34795 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34796 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
34797 would have been passed to OPERATION.
34799 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
34803 ;;;***
34804 \f
34805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34806 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
34808 (defvar url-debug nil "\
34809 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
34810 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
34812 If t, all messages will be logged.
34813 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
34814 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
34816 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
34818 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
34821 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34823 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
34826 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
34828 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
34829 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
34831 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
34832 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
34833 & ==> &
34834 < ==> <
34835 > ==> >
34838 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
34840 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
34842 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
34844 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34846 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
34847 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
34848 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
34850 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34852 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
34853 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
34855 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
34857 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
34858 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
34860 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34862 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
34863 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
34865 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34867 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
34870 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34872 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
34875 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
34877 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
34879 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
34880 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
34882 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34884 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
34885 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
34887 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34889 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
34892 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34894 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
34895 Build a query-string.
34897 Given a QUERY in the form:
34898 ((key1 val1)
34899 (key2 val2)
34900 (key3 val1 val2)
34901 (key4)
34904 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
34906 This will return a string
34908 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
34909 be used.
34916 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
34918 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
34919 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
34920 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
34921 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
34922 forbidden in URL encoding.
34924 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34926 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
34927 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
34928 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
34929 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
34930 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
34933 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
34934 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
34935 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
34936 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
34938 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
34940 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
34941 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
34942 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
34943 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
34944 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
34945 should return it unchanged.
34947 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34949 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
34950 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
34951 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
34952 of the file with the extension stripped off.
34954 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
34956 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
34957 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
34958 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
34960 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
34962 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
34963 View the current document's URL.
34964 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
34965 the minibuffer.
34967 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
34969 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
34971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
34973 ;;;***
34974 \f
34975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
34976 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
34978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
34980 ;;;***
34981 \f
34982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
34983 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
34985 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
34986 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
34987 This function has a choice of three things to do:
34989 to refrain from editing the file
34990 return t (grab the lock on the file)
34991 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
34992 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
34993 in any way you like.
34995 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
34997 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
34998 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
34999 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
35001 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
35003 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
35004 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
35006 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "file-")))
35010 ;;;***
35011 \f
35012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35013 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35015 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35018 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35020 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35023 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35025 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35028 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35030 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35033 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
35037 ;;;***
35038 \f
35039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35040 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35042 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35043 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35045 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35049 ;;;***
35050 \f
35051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35054 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35055 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35056 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35057 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35059 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35061 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35062 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35063 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35065 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35067 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35068 Uudecode region between START and END.
35069 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35071 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35075 ;;;***
35076 \f
35077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35078 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35080 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35081 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35082 See `run-hooks'.")
35084 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35086 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35087 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35088 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35090 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35092 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35093 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35094 See `run-hooks'.")
35096 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35098 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35099 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35101 If FILE is already registered, return the
35102 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35103 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35104 responsible for FILE is returned.
35106 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35108 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35109 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35110 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35111 same state. If not, signal an error.
35113 For merging-based version control systems:
35114 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35115 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35116 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35117 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35118 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35119 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35121 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35122 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35123 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35124 the file(s) for editing.
35125 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35126 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35127 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35128 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35129 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35131 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35133 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35134 Register into a version control system.
35135 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35136 Otherwise register the current file.
35137 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35139 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35140 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35141 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35142 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35143 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35144 first backend that could register the file is used.
35146 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35148 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35149 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35151 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35153 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35154 Display diffs between file revisions.
35155 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35156 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35157 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35159 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35160 saving the buffer.
35162 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35164 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35165 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35166 repository history using ediff.
35168 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35170 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35171 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35172 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35173 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35174 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35176 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35177 saving the buffer.
35179 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35181 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35182 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35183 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35184 fileset with the working revision.
35185 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35186 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35188 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35189 saving the buffer.
35191 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35193 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35194 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35195 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35197 \(fn)" nil nil)
35199 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35200 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35201 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35202 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35204 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35206 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35207 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35208 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35209 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35211 \(fn)" t nil)
35213 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35214 Perform a version control merge operation.
35215 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35217 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35218 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35220 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35221 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35222 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35223 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35224 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35225 changes from the current branch.
35227 \(fn)" t nil)
35229 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35230 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35232 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35234 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35236 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35237 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35238 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35239 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35240 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35241 checked out in that new branch.
35243 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35245 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35246 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35247 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35248 named branch in the directory DIR.
35249 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35250 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
35251 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35252 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35253 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35254 allowed and simply skipped).
35256 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35258 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35259 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35260 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35261 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35262 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35264 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35265 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35267 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35269 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35270 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35271 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35272 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35273 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35275 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35277 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35278 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35279 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35281 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35283 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35284 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35285 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35287 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35289 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35290 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
35292 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35294 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35295 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35296 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35297 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35299 \(fn)" t nil)
35301 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35303 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35304 Update the current fileset or branch.
35305 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35307 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35308 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35309 command to run.
35311 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35312 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35313 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35314 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35315 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35319 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35321 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35322 Push the current branch.
35323 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35325 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35326 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35327 VCS command to run.
35329 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35330 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35334 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35335 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35336 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35337 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35338 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35339 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35340 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35342 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35344 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35345 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35346 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35347 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35348 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35349 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35350 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35351 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35352 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35354 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35356 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35357 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35358 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35359 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35361 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35363 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35364 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35365 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35366 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35368 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35370 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35371 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35372 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35373 directory.
35375 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
35377 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
35378 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
35379 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
35381 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
35382 log entries should be gathered.
35384 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35386 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
35387 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
35389 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
35391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
35393 ;;;***
35394 \f
35395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
35396 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
35398 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
35399 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
35401 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
35402 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
35403 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
35404 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
35405 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
35406 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35408 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
35409 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
35410 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
35411 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
35412 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
35413 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
35414 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
35415 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35417 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
35419 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
35421 Customization variables:
35423 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
35424 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
35425 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
35426 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
35427 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
35428 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
35430 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
35432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
35434 ;;;***
35435 \f
35436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
35437 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
35439 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
35440 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
35442 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
35443 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
35444 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
35445 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
35446 (progn
35447 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
35448 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
35450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
35452 ;;;***
35453 \f
35454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35455 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
35456 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
35457 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
35458 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
35459 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
35460 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
35461 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
35463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
35465 ;;;***
35466 \f
35467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35468 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
35470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
35472 ;;;***
35473 \f
35474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
35475 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
35477 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
35479 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
35480 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
35481 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
35483 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
35484 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
35485 The file lines appear later.
35487 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
35488 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
35490 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
35494 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
35496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
35498 ;;;***
35499 \f
35500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
35501 ;;;;;; 0 0))
35502 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
35504 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
35505 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
35506 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
35507 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
35508 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
35509 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
35510 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
35511 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
35512 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
35513 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
35514 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
35515 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
35516 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
35517 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
35518 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
35520 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
35522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
35524 ;;;***
35525 \f
35526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
35527 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
35529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
35531 ;;;***
35532 \f
35533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
35534 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
35535 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
35536 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
35537 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
35538 (progn
35539 (load "vc-git" nil t)
35540 (vc-git-registered file))))
35542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
35544 ;;;***
35545 \f
35546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
35547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
35548 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
35549 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
35550 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
35551 (progn
35552 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
35553 (vc-hg-registered file))))
35555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
35557 ;;;***
35558 \f
35559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35560 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
35562 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
35563 Name of the monotone directory.")
35565 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
35566 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
35567 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
35568 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
35569 (progn
35570 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
35571 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
35573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
35575 ;;;***
35576 \f
35577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35578 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
35580 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
35581 Where to look for RCS master files.
35582 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35584 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
35586 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
35588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
35590 ;;;***
35591 \f
35592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35593 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
35595 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
35596 Where to look for SCCS master files.
35597 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35599 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
35601 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
35603 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
35604 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
35605 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
35606 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
35608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
35610 ;;;***
35611 \f
35612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
35613 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
35615 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
35616 Where to look for SRC master files.
35617 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35619 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
35621 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
35623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
35625 ;;;***
35626 \f
35627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35628 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
35629 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
35630 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
35631 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
35632 "_svn")
35633 (t ".svn"))))
35634 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
35635 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
35636 (vc-svn-registered f))))
35638 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
35640 ;;;***
35641 \f
35642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
35643 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
35645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
35647 ;;;***
35648 \f
35649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
35650 ;;;;;; 0))
35651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
35652 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
35655 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
35656 Major mode for editing Vera code.
35658 Usage:
35659 ------
35661 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
35662 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
35664 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
35666 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
35667 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
35668 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
35669 completions.
35671 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
35672 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
35674 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
35675 uncomments a region if already commented out.
35677 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
35678 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
35679 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
35681 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
35684 Maintenance:
35685 ------------
35687 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
35688 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
35690 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
35692 Official distribution is at
35693 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
35696 The Vera Mode Maintainer
35697 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
35699 Key bindings:
35700 -------------
35704 \(fn)" t nil)
35706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
35708 ;;;***
35709 \f
35710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
35711 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
35712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
35714 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
35715 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
35718 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
35722 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
35723 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
35725 Supports highlighting.
35727 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
35728 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
35730 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
35732 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
35733 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
35734 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
35735 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
35736 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
35737 on the left side of your screen.
35738 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
35739 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
35740 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
35741 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
35742 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
35743 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
35744 function keyword.
35745 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
35747 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
35748 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
35749 if (a)
35750 begin
35751 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
35752 Indentation for case statements.
35753 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
35754 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
35755 mark after an end.
35756 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
35757 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
35758 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
35759 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
35760 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
35761 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
35762 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
35763 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
35764 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
35765 if (a)
35766 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
35767 otherwise you get:
35768 if (a)
35769 begin
35770 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
35771 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
35772 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
35773 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
35774 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
35775 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
35776 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
35777 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
35778 comments in tight quarters.
35779 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
35780 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
35782 Variables controlling other actions:
35784 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
35785 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
35790 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
35796 Some other functions are:
35826 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35827 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35839 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
35842 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
35846 \(fn)" t nil)
35848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("vl-" "verilog-" "electric-verilog-")))
35850 ;;;***
35851 \f
35852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
35853 ;;;;;; 0))
35854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
35856 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
35857 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
35859 Usage:
35860 ------
35862 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
35863 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
35864 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
35865 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
35866 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
35867 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
35868 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
35869 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
35870 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
35872 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
35873 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
35874 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
35875 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
35877 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
35878 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
35879 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
35880 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
35881 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
35883 Template styles can be customized in customization group
35884 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
35887 HEADER INSERTION:
35888 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
35889 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
35890 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
35893 STUTTERING:
35894 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
35895 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
35896 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
35897 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
35906 WORD COMPLETION:
35907 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
35908 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
35909 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
35910 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
35912 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
35913 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
35914 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
35918 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
35919 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
35920 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
35921 stop.
35924 COMMENTS:
35925 `--' puts a single comment.
35926 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
35927 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
35928 with a comment in between.
35929 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
35930 out following lines.
35931 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
35932 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
35933 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
35934 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
35936 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
35937 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
35938 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
35939 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
35940 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
35941 non-nil.
35943 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
35944 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
35945 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
35946 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
35947 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
35948 multi-line comments.
35951 INDENTATION:
35952 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
35953 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
35954 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
35955 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
35956 the entire region.
35958 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
35960 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
35961 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
35963 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
35965 tabs and vice versa.
35967 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
35968 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
35970 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
35971 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
35972 line.
35975 ALIGNMENT:
35976 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
35977 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
35978 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
35979 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
35980 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
35981 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
35982 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
35983 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
35985 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
35986 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
35987 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
35988 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
35989 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
35990 is non-nil.
35992 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
35993 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
35994 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
35996 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
35997 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
36000 CODE FILLING:
36001 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
36002 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
36003 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
36004 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
36005 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
36006 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
36009 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36010 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
36011 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
36012 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
36013 command:
36015 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36018 PORT TRANSLATION:
36019 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36020 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36021 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36022 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36023 internal signal initializations (menu).
36025 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36026 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36027 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36029 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36030 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36031 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36032 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36033 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36034 in subsequent paste operations.)
36036 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36037 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36038 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36041 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36042 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36043 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36044 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36045 association list with formals).
36048 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36049 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36050 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36051 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36052 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36053 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36054 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36055 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36056 `vhdl-testbench'.
36059 KEY BINDINGS:
36060 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36063 VHDL MENU:
36064 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36067 FILE BROWSER:
36068 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36069 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36070 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36072 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36073 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36076 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36077 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36078 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36079 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36081 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36082 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36083 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36085 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36086 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36087 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36090 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36091 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36092 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36093 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36094 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36096 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36097 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36098 required by secondary units.
36101 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36102 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36103 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36104 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36105 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36106 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36107 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36108 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36109 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36110 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36111 inputs to this component -> input port created
36112 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36113 outputs from this component -> output port created
36114 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36115 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36117 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36118 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36119 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36120 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36121 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36123 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36124 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36126 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36127 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36128 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36129 component instantiation is also supported (option
36130 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36132 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36133 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36134 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36135 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36136 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36137 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36138 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36139 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36140 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36141 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36142 generating the configuration.
36144 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36145 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36146 configurations in speedbar.
36148 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36151 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36152 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36153 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36154 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36155 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36156 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36157 information. New compilers can be added.
36159 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36160 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36163 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36164 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36165 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36166 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36167 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36169 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36170 command:
36172 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36173 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36174 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36178 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36179 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36180 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36181 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36182 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36183 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36184 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36186 Limitations:
36187 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36188 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36189 not (yet) supported.
36190 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36191 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36195 PROJECTS:
36196 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36197 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36198 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36199 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36200 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36201 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36202 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36203 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36205 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36206 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36207 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36210 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36211 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36212 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36213 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36214 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36215 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36218 SPECIAL MENUES:
36219 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36220 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36222 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36223 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36224 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36225 current directory for VHDL source files.
36228 VHDL STANDARDS:
36229 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36230 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36233 KEYWORD CASE:
36234 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36235 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36236 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36237 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36238 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36239 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36240 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36241 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36244 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36245 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36246 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36247 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36248 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36249 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36250 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36252 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36253 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36254 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36255 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36256 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36257 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36259 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36260 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36261 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36262 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36263 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36264 visually.
36266 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36267 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36268 highlighted if written in lower case.
36271 highlighted using a different background color if option
36272 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36274 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36276 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36277 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36278 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36281 USER MODELS:
36282 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36283 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36284 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36287 HIDE/SHOW:
36288 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36289 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36290 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36291 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36292 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36295 CODE UPDATING:
36296 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36297 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36298 Limitations:
36299 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36300 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36301 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36302 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36303 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36304 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36305 (used to obtain the port names).
36306 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36307 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36308 sensitivity lists.
36311 CODE FIXING:
36312 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36313 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36316 PRINTING:
36317 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36318 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36319 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36320 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36321 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36322 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36323 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36324 printers.
36327 OPTIONS:
36328 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36330 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36331 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36334 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36337 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36338 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36339 INSTALL file).
36341 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36345 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36347 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36353 HINTS:
36354 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36355 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36357 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36359 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36361 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36364 RELEASE NOTES:
36365 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36368 Maintenance:
36369 ------------
36372 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36374 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
36376 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
36377 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
36378 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
36379 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
36381 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
36382 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
36383 where the latest version can be found.
36386 Known problems:
36387 ---------------
36389 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
36390 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
36391 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
36392 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
36395 The VHDL Mode Authors
36396 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
36398 Key bindings:
36399 -------------
36403 \(fn)" t nil)
36405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
36407 ;;;***
36408 \f
36409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
36410 ;;;;;; 0))
36411 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
36413 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
36414 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
36416 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
36418 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36419 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
36420 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36421 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36423 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36425 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36426 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
36428 \(fn)" t nil)
36430 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36431 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36432 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36433 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36435 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36437 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36438 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36440 \(fn)" t nil)
36442 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
36445 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36447 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
36450 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
36454 ;;;***
36455 \f
36456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
36457 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
36459 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
36460 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
36461 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
36463 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
36465 (defvar view-mode nil "\
36466 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
36467 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
36468 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
36470 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
36472 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
36473 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
36475 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
36477 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
36478 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36479 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36480 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36481 moving around in the buffer.
36482 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36483 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36485 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36487 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36489 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
36490 View FILE in View mode in another window.
36491 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
36492 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
36494 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36495 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36496 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36497 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36498 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36500 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36502 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36504 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
36505 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
36506 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
36507 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
36508 buffer.
36510 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36511 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36512 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36513 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36514 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36516 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36518 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36520 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
36521 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36522 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36523 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36524 moving around in the buffer.
36525 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36526 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36528 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36530 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36531 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36532 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36534 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
36535 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
36536 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
36537 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
36539 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36540 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36541 own View-like bindings.
36543 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36545 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
36546 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
36547 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36548 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36549 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36550 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36551 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36553 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36555 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36557 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36558 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36559 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36561 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36562 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36563 own View-like bindings.
36565 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36567 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
36568 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
36569 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36570 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36571 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36572 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36573 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36575 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36577 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36579 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36580 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36581 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36583 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36584 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36585 own View-like bindings.
36587 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36589 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
36590 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
36591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
36592 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
36593 if ARG is omitted or nil.
36595 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
36596 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
36597 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
36598 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
36602 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
36604 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
36607 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
36608 to a repeat count of one.
36610 H, h, ? This message.
36611 Digits provide prefix arguments.
36614 > move to the end of buffer.
36617 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
36619 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
36620 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36621 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36624 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36626 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
36627 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
36629 Use this to view a changing file.
36633 . set the mark.
36634 x exchanges point and mark.
36636 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
36637 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
36640 s do forward incremental search.
36641 r do reverse incremental search.
36642 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
36643 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
36644 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
36645 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
36648 p searches backward for last regular expression.
36652 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
36653 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
36655 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
36660 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
36661 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
36670 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36674 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
36675 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
36676 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
36677 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
36678 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
36679 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
36680 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
36681 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
36682 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
36684 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
36686 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
36688 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
36689 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
36690 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
36691 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
36692 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
36693 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
36695 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
36696 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
36697 called by `view-mode-exit'.
36699 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36701 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36703 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
36705 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
36706 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
36708 \(fn)" t nil)
36710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("view-" "View-")))
36712 ;;;***
36713 \f
36714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
36715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
36716 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
36718 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
36719 Toggle Viper on/off.
36720 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
36722 \(fn)" t nil)
36724 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
36725 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
36727 \(fn)" t nil)
36729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("viper-" "set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state")))
36731 ;;;***
36732 \f
36733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
36734 ;;;;;; 0))
36735 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
36737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
36739 ;;;***
36740 \f
36741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
36742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
36744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
36746 ;;;***
36747 \f
36748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
36749 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
36752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
36754 ;;;***
36755 \f
36756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
36757 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
36760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("viper-" "ex-read-filename-map")))
36762 ;;;***
36763 \f
36764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
36765 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
36768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("viper-" "ex-")))
36770 ;;;***
36771 \f
36772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
36773 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
36776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
36778 ;;;***
36779 \f
36780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
36781 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
36784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
36786 ;;;***
36787 \f
36788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
36789 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
36791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
36793 ;;;***
36794 \f
36795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
36796 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
36798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
36800 ;;;***
36801 \f
36802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
36803 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
36805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
36807 ;;;***
36808 \f
36809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
36810 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
36812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
36814 ;;;***
36815 \f
36816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
36817 ;;;;;; 0))
36818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
36820 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
36821 Function to generate warning prefixes.
36822 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
36823 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
36824 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
36825 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
36826 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
36827 the beginning of the warning.")
36829 (defvar warning-series nil "\
36830 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
36831 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
36832 which is the start of the current series; it means that
36833 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
36834 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
36835 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
36836 also call that function before the next warning.")
36838 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
36839 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
36841 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
36842 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
36843 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
36844 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
36846 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
36847 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
36848 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36849 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36850 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
36851 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
36853 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36854 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36855 Default is :warning.
36857 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36858 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36859 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
36860 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
36861 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
36862 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36864 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
36865 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
36866 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
36868 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
36870 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
36871 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
36873 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
36875 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
36876 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36878 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36879 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
36881 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36882 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36883 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
36884 can be whatever you like.)
36886 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36887 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36889 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36890 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36891 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
36892 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
36893 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36895 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36897 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
36898 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36899 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36900 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
36901 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
36903 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("warning-" "log-warning-minimum-level" "display-warning-minimum-level")))
36907 ;;;***
36908 \f
36909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
36910 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
36911 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
36913 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
36914 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
36916 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
36917 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
36919 directories to reflect your edits.
36921 See `wdired-mode'.
36923 \(fn)" t nil)
36925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
36927 ;;;***
36928 \f
36929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
36930 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
36932 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
36933 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
36935 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
36936 hotlist.
36938 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
36939 <nwv@acm.org>.
36941 \(fn)" t nil)
36943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
36945 ;;;***
36946 \f
36947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
36948 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
36950 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
36951 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
36953 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
36955 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
36956 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
36957 See the `which-function-mode' command
36958 for a description of this minor mode.
36959 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
36960 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
36961 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
36963 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
36965 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
36966 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
36967 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
36968 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36969 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36971 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
36972 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
36973 in certain major modes.
36975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
36979 ;;;***
36980 \f
36981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
36982 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
36983 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
36985 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
36986 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
36987 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
36988 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36989 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36991 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
36992 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
36994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36996 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
36997 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
36998 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
36999 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
37000 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37002 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
37003 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
37004 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
37005 use `whitespace-mode'.
37007 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37011 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
37012 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
37013 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
37014 for a description of this minor mode.
37015 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37016 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37017 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37019 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37021 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37022 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37023 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37024 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
37025 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37027 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37028 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37032 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37033 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37034 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37035 for a description of this minor mode.
37036 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37037 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37038 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37040 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37042 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37043 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37044 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37045 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
37046 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37048 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37049 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37050 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37051 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37053 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37057 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37058 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37060 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37061 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37063 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37064 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37066 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37068 CHAR MEANING
37069 (VIA FACES)
37070 f toggle face visualization
37071 t toggle TAB visualization
37072 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37073 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37076 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37077 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37078 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37079 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37080 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37081 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37082 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37083 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37084 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37085 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37086 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37087 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37089 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37090 T toggle TAB visualization
37091 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37092 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37094 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37095 ? display brief help
37097 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37098 The valid symbols are:
37100 face toggle face visualization
37101 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37102 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37103 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37106 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37107 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37108 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37109 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37110 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37111 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37112 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37113 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37114 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37115 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37116 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37117 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37119 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37120 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37121 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37123 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37125 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37129 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37130 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37132 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37133 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37135 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37136 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37138 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37140 CHAR MEANING
37141 (VIA FACES)
37142 f toggle face visualization
37143 t toggle TAB visualization
37144 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37145 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37148 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37149 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37150 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37151 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37152 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37153 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37154 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37155 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37156 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37157 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37158 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37159 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37161 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37162 T toggle TAB visualization
37163 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37164 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37166 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37167 ? display brief help
37169 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37170 The valid symbols are:
37172 face toggle face visualization
37173 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37174 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37175 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37178 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37179 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37180 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37181 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37182 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37183 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37184 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37185 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37186 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37187 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37188 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37189 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37191 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37192 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37193 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37195 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37197 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37199 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37201 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37202 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37204 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37205 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37206 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37208 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37210 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37212 The problems cleaned up are:
37214 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37215 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37216 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37217 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37219 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37220 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37221 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37222 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37223 SPACEs.
37224 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37225 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37226 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37227 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37229 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37230 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37231 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37232 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37233 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37234 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37235 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37236 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37238 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37239 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37240 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37242 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37243 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37244 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37245 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37246 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37247 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37248 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37249 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37251 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37252 documentation.
37254 \(fn)" t nil)
37256 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37257 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37259 The problems cleaned up are:
37261 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37262 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37263 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37264 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37265 SPACEs.
37266 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37267 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37268 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37269 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37271 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37272 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37273 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37274 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37275 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37276 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37277 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37278 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37280 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37282 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37284 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37285 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37286 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37287 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37288 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37289 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37290 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37291 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37293 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37294 documentation.
37296 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37298 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37299 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37301 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37303 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37305 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37306 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37308 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37309 non-nil.
37312 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37313 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
37315 empty
37316 trailing
37317 indentation
37318 space-before-tab
37319 space-after-tab
37321 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37322 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37323 report problems.
37325 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37327 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37328 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37329 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37330 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37331 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37332 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37333 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37335 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37336 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37337 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37338 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37339 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37340 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37341 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37343 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37344 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37345 cleaning up these problems.
37347 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37351 ;;;***
37352 \f
37353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37354 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37356 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37357 Browse the widget under point.
37359 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37361 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37362 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37364 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37366 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37367 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37369 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37371 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
37372 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
37373 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
37374 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
37375 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
37381 ;;;***
37382 \f
37383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
37384 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
37386 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
37387 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
37389 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37391 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
37392 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
37393 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
37395 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
37397 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
37398 Create widget of TYPE.
37399 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
37401 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37403 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
37404 Delete WIDGET.
37406 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37408 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
37409 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
37411 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37413 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
37414 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
37415 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
37416 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
37418 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
37419 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
37421 \(fn)" nil nil)
37423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
37425 ;;;***
37426 \f
37427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
37428 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
37430 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
37431 Select the window to the left of the current one.
37432 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37434 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
37435 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37436 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37440 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
37441 Select the window above the current one.
37443 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
37444 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
37445 negative ARG) of the current window.
37446 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37450 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
37451 Select the window to the right of the current one.
37452 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37454 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
37455 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
37456 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37460 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
37461 Select the window below the current one.
37462 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37464 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
37465 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37466 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37470 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
37471 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
37472 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
37473 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
37475 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
37477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
37479 ;;;***
37480 \f
37481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
37482 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
37484 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
37485 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
37486 See the `winner-mode' command
37487 for a description of this minor mode.
37488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37490 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
37492 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
37494 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
37495 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
37496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
37497 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37498 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
37500 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
37501 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
37503 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
37504 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
37505 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
37507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
37511 ;;;***
37512 \f
37513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
37514 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
37515 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
37517 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
37518 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
37519 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
37521 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
37523 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
37525 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
37526 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
37527 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
37528 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
37529 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
37530 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
37531 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
37532 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
37534 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
37535 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
37537 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
37539 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
37540 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
37542 \(fn)" t nil)
37544 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
37545 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
37546 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
37547 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
37548 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
37549 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
37550 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
37551 `woman' command for further details.
37553 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
37555 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
37556 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
37558 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
37560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("woman" "WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp")))
37562 ;;;***
37563 \f
37564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
37565 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
37567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
37569 ;;;***
37570 \f
37571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
37572 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
37574 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
37575 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
37576 Return the top node with all its children.
37577 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
37579 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37580 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37581 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37585 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37586 namespace to URIs instead.
37588 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37589 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37591 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37593 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37595 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37597 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
37598 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
37599 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
37600 not contain well-formed XML.
37602 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
37603 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
37604 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
37605 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
37606 element of the list.
37607 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37608 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37609 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37613 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37614 namespace to URIs instead.
37616 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37617 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37619 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37621 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37623 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
37627 ;;;***
37628 \f
37629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
37630 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
37632 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
37633 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
37634 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
37635 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
37636 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
37637 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
37638 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
37639 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
37640 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
37641 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
37643 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
37645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
37647 ;;;***
37648 \f
37649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
37650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
37652 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
37655 \(fn)" nil nil)
37657 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
37660 \(fn)" t nil)
37662 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
37663 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
37665 \(fn)" nil nil)
37667 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
37668 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
37669 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
37670 prompt for it.
37672 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
37673 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
37674 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
37675 buffer where the user can select from the list.
37677 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37679 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
37680 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
37682 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37684 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
37685 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
37687 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37689 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
37690 Find references to the identifier at point.
37691 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
37693 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37695 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
37696 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
37697 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
37699 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
37700 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
37701 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
37702 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
37703 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
37704 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
37705 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
37707 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
37708 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
37709 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
37710 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
37712 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
37714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
37716 ;;;***
37717 \f
37718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
37719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
37721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("xscheme-" "start-scheme" "scheme-" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "local-" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "run-scheme" "reset-scheme" "default-xscheme-runlight")))
37723 ;;;***
37724 \f
37725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
37726 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
37728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
37730 ;;;***
37731 \f
37732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37733 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
37735 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
37736 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
37737 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
37738 for a description of this minor mode.
37739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37740 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37741 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
37743 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
37745 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
37746 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
37747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
37748 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37749 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37751 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
37752 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
37753 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
37754 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
37755 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
37756 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
37758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
37762 ;;;***
37763 \f
37764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
37765 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
37767 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
37768 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
37769 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
37770 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
37772 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
37774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
37776 ;;;***
37777 \f
37778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
37779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
37781 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
37782 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
37784 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37786 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
37787 Extract file name from an yenc header.
37789 \(fn)" nil nil)
37791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
37793 ;;;***
37794 \f
37795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
37796 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
37798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
37800 ;;;***
37801 \f
37802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
37803 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
37805 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
37806 Zone out, completely.
37808 \(fn)" t nil)
37810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
37812 ;;;***
37813 \f
37814 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
37815 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
37816 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
37817 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el"
37818 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
37819 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
37820 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
37821 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
37822 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
37823 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
37824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
37825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
37826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
37827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
37828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
37829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
37830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
37831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
37832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
37833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
37834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
37835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
37836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
37837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el"
37838 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
37839 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
37840 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
37841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
37842 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
37843 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
37844 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el"
37845 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
37846 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
37847 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el"
37848 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
37849 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
37850 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-loaddefs.el"
37851 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
37852 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
37853 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-preloaded.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
37854 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
37855 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
37856 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
37857 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
37858 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/timer.el"
37859 ;;;;;; "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
37860 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
37861 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
37862 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
37863 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
37864 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
37865 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
37866 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
37867 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
37868 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
37869 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
37870 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
37871 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
37872 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
37873 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
37874 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
37875 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
37876 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
37877 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
37878 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
37879 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
37880 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
37881 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
37882 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
37883 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
37884 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
37885 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
37886 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
37887 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
37888 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
37889 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charscript.el"
37890 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
37891 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
37892 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
37893 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
37894 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
37895 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
37896 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
37897 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
37898 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
37899 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
37900 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
37901 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
37902 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
37903 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
37904 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
37905 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
37906 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
37907 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
37908 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
37909 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
37910 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
37911 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
37912 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
37913 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
37914 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
37915 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
37916 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
37917 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
37918 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
37919 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
37920 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
37921 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
37922 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
37923 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
37924 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
37925 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
37926 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
37927 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
37928 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
37929 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
37930 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
37931 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
37932 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
37933 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
37934 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
37935 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
37936 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
37937 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
37938 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
37939 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
37940 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
37941 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
37942 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
37943 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
37944 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
37945 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
37946 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
37947 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
37948 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
37949 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
37950 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
37951 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el"
37952 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
37953 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
37954 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
37955 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
37956 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
37957 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
37958 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
37959 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
37960 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
37961 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
37962 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
37963 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
37964 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
37965 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
37966 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
37967 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
37968 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
37969 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
37970 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
37971 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
37972 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
37973 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
37974 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
37975 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
37976 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
37977 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
37978 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
37979 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
37980 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
37981 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22458 6108 204266 576000))
37983 ;;;***
37984 \f
37985 (provide 'loaddefs)
37986 ;; Local Variables:
37987 ;; version-control: never
37988 ;; no-byte-compile: t
37989 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
37990 ;; coding: utf-8
37991 ;; End:
37992 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here